[91] | 1 | /* ld.c -- changed for emx by Eberhard Mattes -- Sep 1998
|
---|
[1206] | 2 | changed for Innotek GCC by Andrew Zabolotny -- 2003
|
---|
| 3 | changed for Innotek GCC by knut st. osmundsen -- 2004
|
---|
[91] | 4 | changed for RSX by Rainer Schnitker -- Feb 1996 */
|
---|
| 5 |
|
---|
| 6 | /* Linker `ld' for GNU
|
---|
| 7 | Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
| 8 |
|
---|
| 9 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
---|
| 10 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
---|
| 11 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
|
---|
| 12 | any later version.
|
---|
| 13 |
|
---|
| 14 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
---|
| 15 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
---|
| 16 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
---|
| 17 | GNU General Public License for more details.
|
---|
| 18 |
|
---|
| 19 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
---|
| 20 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
---|
| 21 | Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
---|
| 22 |
|
---|
| 23 | /* Written by Richard Stallman with some help from Eric Albert.
|
---|
| 24 | Set, indirect, and warning symbol features added by Randy Smith. */
|
---|
| 25 |
|
---|
| 26 | #include <ar.h>
|
---|
| 27 | #include <stdio.h>
|
---|
| 28 | #include <stdlib.h>
|
---|
[942] | 29 | #include <stdarg.h>
|
---|
[91] | 30 | #include <io.h>
|
---|
[236] | 31 | #include <process.h>
|
---|
[94] | 32 | #include <errno.h>
|
---|
[123] | 33 | #include <utime.h>
|
---|
| 34 | #include <ctype.h>
|
---|
[91] | 35 | #include <sys/types.h>
|
---|
| 36 | #include <sys/stat.h>
|
---|
| 37 | #include <sys/file.h>
|
---|
| 38 | #ifndef USG
|
---|
| 39 | #include <sys/time.h>
|
---|
| 40 | #include <sys/resource.h>
|
---|
| 41 | #endif
|
---|
[918] | 42 | #ifdef __EMX__
|
---|
| 43 | #include <string.h>
|
---|
| 44 | #endif
|
---|
[2673] | 45 | #include "libiberty.h"
|
---|
[91] | 46 |
|
---|
[236] | 47 | #if !defined(A_OUT)
|
---|
[91] | 48 | #define A_OUT
|
---|
| 49 | #endif
|
---|
| 50 |
|
---|
| 51 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 52 | #include <a_out.h>
|
---|
| 53 | #endif
|
---|
| 54 |
|
---|
[566] | 55 | #ifndef _System
|
---|
| 56 | #define _System
|
---|
| 57 | #endif
|
---|
| 58 | extern int _System DosCopy (char *, char *, int);
|
---|
[91] | 59 |
|
---|
[94] | 60 | /* We need .data of every module aligned to at least 16 bound
|
---|
[3749] | 61 | in order to support the alignments required by SSE.
|
---|
| 62 | Ditto for constants in .text. */
|
---|
[94] | 63 | #define SECTION_ALIGN 16
|
---|
| 64 | #define SECTION_ALIGN_MASK (SECTION_ALIGN-1)
|
---|
| 65 |
|
---|
[91] | 66 | /* If compiled with GNU C, use the built-in alloca */
|
---|
[2275] | 67 | #ifdef USE_ALLOCA
|
---|
[1998] | 68 | #include "alloca.h"
|
---|
[2275] | 69 | #define ALLOCA(size) alloca (size)
|
---|
| 70 | #define FREEA(ptr) do { (ptr) = NULL; } while (0)
|
---|
| 71 | #else
|
---|
| 72 | #define ALLOCA(size) malloc (size)
|
---|
| 73 | #define FREEA(ptr) do { free(ptr); (ptr) = NULL; } while (0)
|
---|
| 74 | #endif
|
---|
[91] | 75 | #include "getopt.h"
|
---|
| 76 |
|
---|
| 77 | /* Always use the GNU version of debugging symbol type codes, if possible. */
|
---|
| 78 |
|
---|
| 79 | #include "stab.h"
|
---|
| 80 | #define CORE_ADDR unsigned long /* For symseg.h */
|
---|
| 81 | #include "symseg.h"
|
---|
| 82 |
|
---|
| 83 | #include <strings.h>
|
---|
| 84 |
|
---|
| 85 | /* Determine whether we should attempt to handle (minimally)
|
---|
| 86 | N_BINCL and N_EINCL. */
|
---|
| 87 |
|
---|
| 88 | #if defined (__GNU_STAB__) || defined (N_BINCL)
|
---|
| 89 | #define HAVE_SUN_STABS
|
---|
| 90 | #endif
|
---|
| 91 |
|
---|
| 92 | #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
|
---|
| 93 |
|
---|
| 94 | /* Macro to control the number of undefined references printed */
|
---|
| 95 | #define MAX_UREFS_PRINTED 10
|
---|
| 96 |
|
---|
| 97 | /* Size of a page; obtained from the operating system. */
|
---|
| 98 |
|
---|
| 99 | int page_size;
|
---|
| 100 |
|
---|
| 101 | /* Name this program was invoked by. */
|
---|
| 102 |
|
---|
| 103 | char *progname;
|
---|
| 104 | |
---|
| 105 |
|
---|
| 106 | /* System dependencies */
|
---|
| 107 |
|
---|
| 108 | /* Define this if names etext, edata and end should not start with `_'. */
|
---|
| 109 | /* #define nounderscore 1 */
|
---|
| 110 |
|
---|
| 111 | /* Define NON_NATIVE if using BSD or pseudo-BSD file format on a system
|
---|
| 112 | whose native format is different. */
|
---|
| 113 | /* #define NON_NATIVE */
|
---|
| 114 |
|
---|
| 115 | /* The "address" of the data segment in a relocatable file.
|
---|
| 116 | The text address of a relocatable file is always
|
---|
| 117 | considered to be zero (instead of the value of N_TXTADDR, which
|
---|
| 118 | is what the address is in an executable), so we need to subtract
|
---|
| 119 | N_TXTADDR from N_DATADDR to get the "address" for the input file. */
|
---|
| 120 | #define DATA_ADDR_DOT_O(hdr) (N_DATADDR(hdr) - N_TXTADDR(hdr))
|
---|
| 121 |
|
---|
| 122 | /* Values for 3rd argument to lseek(). */
|
---|
| 123 | #ifndef L_SET
|
---|
| 124 | #define L_SET 0
|
---|
| 125 | #endif
|
---|
| 126 | /* This is called L_INCR in BSD, but SEEK_CUR in POSIX. */
|
---|
| 127 | #ifndef SEEK_CUR
|
---|
| 128 | #define SEEK_CUR 1
|
---|
| 129 | #endif
|
---|
| 130 |
|
---|
| 131 | /*
|
---|
| 132 | * Ok. Following are the relocation information macros. If your
|
---|
| 133 | * system cannot use the default set (below), you must define all of these:
|
---|
| 134 |
|
---|
| 135 | * relocation_info: This must be typedef'd (or #define'd) to the type
|
---|
| 136 | * of structure that is stored in the relocation info section of your
|
---|
| 137 | * a.out files. Often this is defined in the a.out.h for your system.
|
---|
| 138 | *
|
---|
| 139 | * RELOC_ADDRESS (rval): Offset into the current section of the
|
---|
| 140 | * <whatever> to be relocated. *Must be an lvalue*.
|
---|
| 141 | *
|
---|
| 142 | * RELOC_EXTERN_P (rval): Is this relocation entry based on an
|
---|
| 143 | * external symbol (1), or was it fully resolved upon entering the
|
---|
| 144 | * loader (0) in which case some combination of the value in memory
|
---|
| 145 | * (if RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P) and the extra (if RELOC_ADD_EXTRA) contains
|
---|
| 146 | * what the value of the relocation actually was. *Must be an lvalue*.
|
---|
| 147 | *
|
---|
| 148 | * RELOC_TYPE (rval): For a non-external relocation, this is the
|
---|
| 149 | * segment to relocate for. *Must be an lvalue.*
|
---|
| 150 | *
|
---|
| 151 | * RELOC_SYMBOL (rval): For an external relocation, this is the
|
---|
| 152 | * index of its symbol in the symbol table. *Must be an lvalue*.
|
---|
| 153 | *
|
---|
| 154 | * RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P (rval): This should be 1 if the final
|
---|
| 155 | * relocation value output here should be added to memory; 0, if the
|
---|
| 156 | * section of memory described should simply be set to the relocation
|
---|
| 157 | * value.
|
---|
| 158 | *
|
---|
| 159 | * RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P (rval): If this is nonzero, the value previously
|
---|
| 160 | * present in the memory location to be relocated is *added*
|
---|
| 161 | * to the relocation value, to produce the final result.
|
---|
| 162 | * Otherwise, the relocation value is stored in the memory location
|
---|
| 163 | * and the value previously found there is ignored.
|
---|
| 164 | * By default, this is always 1.
|
---|
| 165 | *
|
---|
| 166 | * RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P (rval): If this is nonzero, the value previously
|
---|
| 167 | * present in the memory location to be relocated is *subtracted*
|
---|
| 168 | * from the relocation value, to produce the final result.
|
---|
| 169 | * By default, this is always 0.
|
---|
| 170 | *
|
---|
| 171 | * RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (rval): (Optional) This macro, if defined, gives
|
---|
| 172 | * an extra value to be added to the relocation value based on the
|
---|
| 173 | * individual relocation entry. *Must be an lvalue if defined*.
|
---|
| 174 | *
|
---|
| 175 | * RELOC_PCREL_P (rval): True if the relocation value described is
|
---|
| 176 | * pc relative.
|
---|
| 177 | *
|
---|
| 178 | * RELOC_VALUE_RIGHTSHIFT (rval): Number of bits right to shift the
|
---|
| 179 | * final relocation value before putting it where it belongs.
|
---|
| 180 | *
|
---|
| 181 | * RELOC_TARGET_SIZE (rval): log to the base 2 of the number of
|
---|
| 182 | * bytes of size this relocation entry describes; 1 byte == 0; 2 bytes
|
---|
| 183 | * == 1; 4 bytes == 2, and etc. This is somewhat redundant (we could
|
---|
| 184 | * do everything in terms of the bit operators below), but having this
|
---|
| 185 | * macro could end up producing better code on machines without fancy
|
---|
| 186 | * bit twiddling. Also, it's easier to understand/code big/little
|
---|
| 187 | * endian distinctions with this macro.
|
---|
| 188 | *
|
---|
| 189 | * RELOC_TARGET_BITPOS (rval): The starting bit position within the
|
---|
| 190 | * object described in RELOC_TARGET_SIZE in which the relocation value
|
---|
| 191 | * will go.
|
---|
| 192 | *
|
---|
| 193 | * RELOC_TARGET_BITSIZE (rval): How many bits are to be replaced
|
---|
| 194 | * with the bits of the relocation value. It may be assumed by the
|
---|
| 195 | * code that the relocation value will fit into this many bits. This
|
---|
| 196 | * may be larger than RELOC_TARGET_SIZE if such be useful.
|
---|
| 197 | *
|
---|
| 198 | *
|
---|
| 199 | * Things I haven't implemented
|
---|
| 200 | * ----------------------------
|
---|
| 201 | *
|
---|
| 202 | * Values for RELOC_TARGET_SIZE other than 0, 1, or 2.
|
---|
| 203 | *
|
---|
| 204 | * Pc relative relocation for External references.
|
---|
| 205 | *
|
---|
| 206 | *
|
---|
| 207 | */
|
---|
| 208 |
|
---|
| 209 | /* Default macros */
|
---|
| 210 | #ifndef RELOC_ADDRESS
|
---|
| 211 | #define RELOC_ADDRESS(r) ((r)->r_address)
|
---|
| 212 | #define RELOC_EXTERN_P(r) ((r)->r_extern)
|
---|
| 213 | #define RELOC_TYPE(r) ((r)->r_symbolnum)
|
---|
| 214 | #define RELOC_SYMBOL(r) ((r)->r_symbolnum)
|
---|
| 215 | #define RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P(r) 0
|
---|
| 216 | #define RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P(r) 1
|
---|
| 217 | #undef RELOC_ADD_EXTRA
|
---|
| 218 | #define RELOC_PCREL_P(r) ((r)->r_pcrel)
|
---|
| 219 | #define RELOC_VALUE_RIGHTSHIFT(r) 0
|
---|
| 220 | #define RELOC_TARGET_SIZE(r) ((r)->r_length)
|
---|
| 221 | #define RELOC_TARGET_BITPOS(r) 0
|
---|
| 222 | #define RELOC_TARGET_BITSIZE(r) 32
|
---|
| 223 | #endif
|
---|
| 224 |
|
---|
| 225 | #ifndef MAX_ALIGNMENT
|
---|
| 226 | #define MAX_ALIGNMENT (sizeof (int))
|
---|
| 227 | #endif
|
---|
| 228 |
|
---|
| 229 | #ifdef nounderscore
|
---|
| 230 | #define LPREFIX '.'
|
---|
| 231 | #else
|
---|
| 232 | #define LPREFIX 'L'
|
---|
| 233 | #endif
|
---|
| 234 |
|
---|
| 235 | |
---|
| 236 |
|
---|
| 237 | /* Special global symbol types understood by GNU LD. */
|
---|
| 238 |
|
---|
| 239 | /* The following type indicates the definition of a symbol as being
|
---|
| 240 | an indirect reference to another symbol. The other symbol
|
---|
| 241 | appears as an undefined reference, immediately following this symbol.
|
---|
| 242 |
|
---|
| 243 | Indirection is asymmetrical. The other symbol's value will be used
|
---|
| 244 | to satisfy requests for the indirect symbol, but not vice versa.
|
---|
| 245 | If the other symbol does not have a definition, libraries will
|
---|
| 246 | be searched to find a definition.
|
---|
| 247 |
|
---|
| 248 | So, for example, the following two lines placed in an assembler
|
---|
| 249 | input file would result in an object file which would direct gnu ld
|
---|
| 250 | to resolve all references to symbol "foo" as references to symbol
|
---|
| 251 | "bar".
|
---|
| 252 |
|
---|
| 253 | .stabs "_foo",11,0,0,0
|
---|
| 254 | .stabs "_bar",1,0,0,0
|
---|
| 255 |
|
---|
| 256 | Note that (11 == (N_INDR | N_EXT)) and (1 == (N_UNDF | N_EXT)). */
|
---|
| 257 |
|
---|
| 258 | #ifndef N_INDR
|
---|
| 259 | #define N_INDR 0xa
|
---|
| 260 | #endif
|
---|
| 261 |
|
---|
| 262 | /* The following symbols refer to set elements. These are expected
|
---|
| 263 | only in input to the loader; they should not appear in loader
|
---|
| 264 | output (unless relocatable output is requested). To be recognized
|
---|
| 265 | by the loader, the input symbols must have their N_EXT bit set.
|
---|
| 266 | All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set. The
|
---|
| 267 | loader collects all of these elements at load time and outputs a
|
---|
| 268 | vector for each name.
|
---|
| 269 | Space (an array of 32 bit words) is allocated for the set in the
|
---|
| 270 | data section, and the n_value field of each set element value is
|
---|
| 271 | stored into one word of the array.
|
---|
| 272 | The first word of the array is the length of the set (number of
|
---|
| 273 | elements). The last word of the vector is set to zero for possible
|
---|
| 274 | use by incremental loaders. The array is ordered by the linkage
|
---|
| 275 | order; the first symbols which the linker encounters will be first
|
---|
| 276 | in the array.
|
---|
| 277 |
|
---|
| 278 | In C syntax this looks like:
|
---|
| 279 |
|
---|
| 280 | struct set_vector {
|
---|
| 281 | unsigned int length;
|
---|
| 282 | unsigned int vector[length];
|
---|
| 283 | unsigned int always_zero;
|
---|
| 284 | };
|
---|
| 285 |
|
---|
| 286 | Before being placed into the array, each element is relocated
|
---|
| 287 | according to its type. This allows the loader to create an array
|
---|
| 288 | of pointers to objects automatically. N_SETA type symbols will not
|
---|
| 289 | be relocated.
|
---|
| 290 |
|
---|
| 291 | The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
|
---|
| 292 | whose name is the same as the name of the set.
|
---|
| 293 | This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
|
---|
| 294 | in that it can satisfy undefined external references.
|
---|
| 295 |
|
---|
| 296 | For the purposes of determining whether or not to load in a library
|
---|
| 297 | file, set element definitions are not considered "real
|
---|
| 298 | definitions"; they will not cause the loading of a library
|
---|
| 299 | member.
|
---|
| 300 |
|
---|
| 301 | If relocatable output is requested, none of this processing is
|
---|
| 302 | done. The symbols are simply relocated and passed through to the
|
---|
| 303 | output file.
|
---|
| 304 |
|
---|
| 305 | So, for example, the following three lines of assembler code
|
---|
| 306 | (whether in one file or scattered between several different ones)
|
---|
| 307 | will produce a three element vector (total length is five words;
|
---|
| 308 | see above), referenced by the symbol "_xyzzy", which will have the
|
---|
| 309 | addresses of the routines _init1, _init2, and _init3.
|
---|
| 310 |
|
---|
| 311 | *NOTE*: If symbolic addresses are used in the n_value field of the
|
---|
| 312 | defining .stabs, those symbols must be defined in the same file as
|
---|
| 313 | that containing the .stabs.
|
---|
| 314 |
|
---|
| 315 | .stabs "_xyzzy",23,0,0,_init1
|
---|
| 316 | .stabs "_xyzzy",23,0,0,_init2
|
---|
| 317 | .stabs "_xyzzy",23,0,0,_init3
|
---|
| 318 |
|
---|
| 319 | Note that (23 == (N_SETT | N_EXT)). */
|
---|
| 320 |
|
---|
| 321 | #ifndef N_SETA
|
---|
| 322 | #define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol */
|
---|
| 323 | #endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
---|
| 324 |
|
---|
| 325 | #ifndef N_SETT
|
---|
| 326 | #define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol */
|
---|
| 327 | #endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
---|
| 328 |
|
---|
| 329 | #ifndef N_SETD
|
---|
| 330 | #define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol */
|
---|
| 331 | #endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
---|
| 332 |
|
---|
| 333 | #ifndef N_SETB
|
---|
| 334 | #define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol */
|
---|
| 335 | #endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
---|
| 336 |
|
---|
| 337 | /* Macros dealing with the set element symbols defined in a.out.h */
|
---|
| 338 | #define SET_ELEMENT_P(x) ((x)>=N_SETA&&(x)<=(N_SETB|N_EXT))
|
---|
| 339 | #define TYPE_OF_SET_ELEMENT(x) ((x)-N_SETA+N_ABS)
|
---|
| 340 |
|
---|
| 341 | #ifndef N_SETV
|
---|
| 342 | #define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
|
---|
[94] | 343 | #endif /* This is output from LD. */
|
---|
| 344 |
|
---|
| 345 | /* Check if a symbol is weak */
|
---|
[91] | 346 | #define WEAK_SYMBOL(t) (((t) >= N_WEAKU) && ((t) <= N_WEAKB))
|
---|
| 347 |
|
---|
| 348 | /* If a this type of symbol is encountered, its name is a warning
|
---|
| 349 | message to print each time the symbol referenced by the next symbol
|
---|
| 350 | table entry is referenced.
|
---|
| 351 |
|
---|
| 352 | This feature may be used to allow backwards compatibility with
|
---|
| 353 | certain functions (eg. gets) but to discourage programmers from
|
---|
| 354 | their use.
|
---|
| 355 |
|
---|
| 356 | So if, for example, you wanted to have ld print a warning whenever
|
---|
| 357 | the function "gets" was used in their C program, you would add the
|
---|
| 358 | following to the assembler file in which gets is defined:
|
---|
| 359 |
|
---|
| 360 | .stabs "Obsolete function \"gets\" referenced",30,0,0,0
|
---|
| 361 | .stabs "_gets",1,0,0,0
|
---|
| 362 |
|
---|
| 363 | These .stabs do not necessarily have to be in the same file as the
|
---|
| 364 | gets function, they simply must exist somewhere in the compilation. */
|
---|
| 365 |
|
---|
| 366 | #ifndef N_WARNING
|
---|
| 367 | #define N_WARNING 0x1E /* Warning message to print if symbol
|
---|
| 368 | included */
|
---|
| 369 | #endif /* This is input to ld */
|
---|
| 370 |
|
---|
| 371 | #ifndef __GNU_STAB__
|
---|
| 372 |
|
---|
| 373 | /* Line number for the data section. This is to be used to describe
|
---|
| 374 | the source location of a variable declaration. */
|
---|
| 375 | #ifndef N_DSLINE
|
---|
| 376 | #define N_DSLINE (N_SLINE+N_DATA-N_TEXT)
|
---|
| 377 | #endif
|
---|
| 378 |
|
---|
| 379 | /* Line number for the bss section. This is to be used to describe
|
---|
| 380 | the source location of a variable declaration. */
|
---|
| 381 | #ifndef N_BSLINE
|
---|
| 382 | #define N_BSLINE (N_SLINE+N_BSS-N_TEXT)
|
---|
| 383 | #endif
|
---|
| 384 |
|
---|
| 385 | #endif /* not __GNU_STAB__ */
|
---|
| 386 | |
---|
| 387 |
|
---|
| 388 | /* Symbol table */
|
---|
| 389 |
|
---|
| 390 | /* Global symbol data is recorded in these structures,
|
---|
| 391 | one for each global symbol.
|
---|
| 392 | They are found via hashing in 'symtab', which points to a vector of buckets.
|
---|
| 393 | Each bucket is a chain of these structures through the link field. */
|
---|
| 394 |
|
---|
| 395 | typedef
|
---|
| 396 | struct glosym
|
---|
| 397 | {
|
---|
| 398 | /* Pointer to next symbol in this symbol's hash bucket. */
|
---|
| 399 | struct glosym *link;
|
---|
| 400 | /* Name of this symbol. */
|
---|
| 401 | char *name;
|
---|
| 402 | /* Value of this symbol as a global symbol. */
|
---|
| 403 | long value;
|
---|
| 404 | /* Chain of external 'nlist's in files for this symbol, both defs
|
---|
| 405 | and refs. */
|
---|
| 406 | struct nlist *refs;
|
---|
| 407 | /* Any warning message that might be associated with this symbol
|
---|
| 408 | from an N_WARNING symbol encountered. */
|
---|
| 409 | char *warning;
|
---|
| 410 | /* Nonzero means definitions of this symbol as common have been seen,
|
---|
| 411 | and the value here is the largest size specified by any of them. */
|
---|
| 412 | int max_common_size;
|
---|
| 413 | /* For OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE, records the index of this global sym in the
|
---|
| 414 | symbol table to be written, with the first global sym given index 0.*/
|
---|
| 415 | int def_count;
|
---|
| 416 | /* Nonzero means a definition of this global symbol is known to exist.
|
---|
| 417 | Library members should not be loaded on its account. */
|
---|
| 418 | char defined;
|
---|
| 419 | /* Nonzero means a reference to this global symbol has been seen
|
---|
| 420 | in a file that is surely being loaded.
|
---|
| 421 | A value higher than 1 is the n_type code for the symbol's
|
---|
| 422 | definition. */
|
---|
| 423 | char referenced;
|
---|
| 424 | /* A count of the number of undefined references printed for a
|
---|
| 425 | specific symbol. If a symbol is unresolved at the end of
|
---|
| 426 | digest_symbols (and the loading run is supposed to produce
|
---|
| 427 | relocatable output) do_file_warnings keeps track of how many
|
---|
| 428 | unresolved reference error messages have been printed for
|
---|
| 429 | each symbol here. When the number hits MAX_UREFS_PRINTED,
|
---|
| 430 | messages stop. */
|
---|
| 431 | unsigned char undef_refs;
|
---|
| 432 | /* 1 means that this symbol has multiple definitions. 2 means
|
---|
| 433 | that it has multiple definitions, and some of them are set
|
---|
| 434 | elements, one of which has been printed out already. */
|
---|
[94] | 435 | unsigned char multiply_defined;
|
---|
[91] | 436 | /* Nonzero means print a message at all refs or defs of this symbol */
|
---|
| 437 | char trace;
|
---|
| 438 | /* One of N_WEAKX values */
|
---|
| 439 | char weak;
|
---|
| 440 | }
|
---|
| 441 | symbol;
|
---|
[942] | 442 |
|
---|
[91] | 443 | /* Demangler for C++. */
|
---|
| 444 | #include "demangle.h"
|
---|
| 445 | static char *my_cplus_demangle (const char *);
|
---|
| 446 | int demangle_options;
|
---|
| 447 |
|
---|
| 448 | /* Demangler function to use. We unconditionally enable the C++ demangler
|
---|
| 449 | because we assume any name it successfully demangles was probably produced
|
---|
| 450 | by the C++ compiler. Enabling it only if -lg++ was specified seems too
|
---|
| 451 | much of a kludge. */
|
---|
| 452 | char *(*demangler)() = my_cplus_demangle;
|
---|
| 453 |
|
---|
| 454 | /* Number of buckets in symbol hash table */
|
---|
| 455 | #define TABSIZE 1009
|
---|
| 456 |
|
---|
| 457 | /* The symbol hash table: a vector of TABSIZE pointers to struct glosym. */
|
---|
| 458 | symbol *symtab[TABSIZE];
|
---|
| 459 |
|
---|
| 460 | /* Number of symbols in symbol hash table. */
|
---|
| 461 | int num_hash_tab_syms = 0;
|
---|
| 462 |
|
---|
| 463 | /* Count the number of nlist entries that are for local symbols.
|
---|
| 464 | This count and the three following counts
|
---|
| 465 | are incremented as as symbols are entered in the symbol table. */
|
---|
| 466 | int local_sym_count;
|
---|
| 467 |
|
---|
| 468 | /* Count number of nlist entries that are for local symbols
|
---|
| 469 | whose names don't start with L. */
|
---|
| 470 | int non_L_local_sym_count;
|
---|
| 471 |
|
---|
| 472 | /* Count the number of nlist entries for debugger info. */
|
---|
| 473 | int debugger_sym_count;
|
---|
| 474 |
|
---|
| 475 | /* Count the number of global symbols referenced and not defined. */
|
---|
| 476 | int undefined_global_sym_count;
|
---|
| 477 |
|
---|
| 478 | /* Count the number of global symbols multiply defined. */
|
---|
| 479 | int multiple_def_count;
|
---|
| 480 |
|
---|
| 481 | /* Count the number of defined global symbols.
|
---|
| 482 | Each symbol is counted only once
|
---|
| 483 | regardless of how many different nlist entries refer to it,
|
---|
| 484 | since the output file will need only one nlist entry for it.
|
---|
| 485 | This count is computed by `digest_symbols';
|
---|
| 486 | it is undefined while symbols are being loaded. */
|
---|
| 487 | int defined_global_sym_count;
|
---|
| 488 |
|
---|
| 489 | /* Count the number of symbols defined through common declarations.
|
---|
| 490 | This count is kept in symdef_library, linear_library, and
|
---|
| 491 | enter_global_ref. It is incremented when the defined flag is set
|
---|
| 492 | in a symbol because of a common definition, and decremented when
|
---|
| 493 | the symbol is defined "for real" (ie. by something besides a common
|
---|
| 494 | definition). */
|
---|
| 495 | int common_defined_global_count;
|
---|
| 496 |
|
---|
| 497 | /* Count the number of set element type symbols and the number of
|
---|
| 498 | separate vectors which these symbols will fit into. See the
|
---|
| 499 | GNU a.out.h for more info.
|
---|
| 500 | This count is computed by 'enter_file_symbols' */
|
---|
| 501 | int set_symbol_count;
|
---|
| 502 | int set_vector_count;
|
---|
| 503 |
|
---|
| 504 | /* Define a linked list of strings which define symbols which should
|
---|
| 505 | be treated as set elements even though they aren't. Any symbol
|
---|
| 506 | with a prefix matching one of these should be treated as a set
|
---|
| 507 | element.
|
---|
| 508 |
|
---|
| 509 | This is to make up for deficiencies in many assemblers which aren't
|
---|
| 510 | willing to pass any stabs through to the loader which they don't
|
---|
| 511 | understand. */
|
---|
| 512 | struct string_list_element {
|
---|
| 513 | char *str;
|
---|
| 514 | struct string_list_element *next;
|
---|
| 515 | };
|
---|
| 516 |
|
---|
| 517 | struct string_list_element *set_element_prefixes;
|
---|
| 518 |
|
---|
| 519 | /* Count the number of definitions done indirectly (ie. done relative
|
---|
| 520 | to the value of some other symbol. */
|
---|
| 521 | int global_indirect_count;
|
---|
| 522 |
|
---|
| 523 | /* Count the number of warning symbols encountered. */
|
---|
| 524 | int warning_count;
|
---|
| 525 |
|
---|
| 526 | /* Total number of symbols to be written in the output file.
|
---|
| 527 | Computed by digest_symbols from the variables above. */
|
---|
| 528 | int nsyms;
|
---|
| 529 |
|
---|
| 530 |
|
---|
| 531 | /* Nonzero means ptr to symbol entry for symbol to use as start addr.
|
---|
| 532 | -e sets this. */
|
---|
| 533 | symbol *entry_symbol;
|
---|
| 534 |
|
---|
| 535 | /* These can be NULL if we don't actually have such a symbol. */
|
---|
| 536 | symbol *edata_symbol; /* the symbol _edata */
|
---|
| 537 | symbol *etext_symbol; /* the symbol _etext */
|
---|
| 538 | symbol *end_symbol; /* the symbol _end */
|
---|
| 539 | /* We also need __{edata,etext,end} so that they can safely
|
---|
| 540 | be used from an ANSI library. */
|
---|
| 541 | symbol *edata_symbol_alt;
|
---|
| 542 | symbol *etext_symbol_alt;
|
---|
| 543 | symbol *end_symbol_alt;
|
---|
| 544 | |
---|
| 545 |
|
---|
| 546 | /* Kinds of files potentially understood by the linker. */
|
---|
| 547 |
|
---|
| 548 | enum file_type { IS_UNKNOWN, IS_ARCHIVE, IS_A_OUT, IS_MACH_O };
|
---|
| 549 |
|
---|
| 550 | /* Each input file, and each library member ("subfile") being loaded,
|
---|
| 551 | has a `file_entry' structure for it.
|
---|
| 552 |
|
---|
| 553 | For files specified by command args, these are contained in the vector
|
---|
| 554 | which `file_table' points to.
|
---|
| 555 |
|
---|
| 556 | For library members, they are dynamically allocated,
|
---|
| 557 | and chained through the `chain' field.
|
---|
| 558 | The chain is found in the `subfiles' field of the `file_entry'.
|
---|
| 559 | The `file_entry' objects for the members have `superfile' fields pointing
|
---|
| 560 | to the one for the library. */
|
---|
| 561 |
|
---|
| 562 | struct file_entry {
|
---|
| 563 | /* Name of this file. */
|
---|
| 564 | char *filename;
|
---|
| 565 |
|
---|
| 566 | /* What kind of file this is. */
|
---|
| 567 | enum file_type file_type;
|
---|
| 568 |
|
---|
| 569 | /* Name to use for the symbol giving address of text start */
|
---|
| 570 | /* Usually the same as filename, but for a file spec'd with -l
|
---|
| 571 | this is the -l switch itself rather than the filename. */
|
---|
| 572 | char *local_sym_name;
|
---|
| 573 |
|
---|
| 574 | /* Describe the layout of the contents of the file. */
|
---|
| 575 |
|
---|
| 576 | /* The text section. */
|
---|
| 577 | unsigned long int orig_text_address;
|
---|
| 578 | unsigned long int text_size;
|
---|
| 579 | long int text_offset;
|
---|
| 580 |
|
---|
| 581 | /* Text relocation. */
|
---|
| 582 | unsigned long int text_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 583 | long int text_reloc_offset;
|
---|
| 584 |
|
---|
| 585 | /* The data section. */
|
---|
| 586 | unsigned long int orig_data_address;
|
---|
| 587 | unsigned long int data_size;
|
---|
| 588 | long int data_offset;
|
---|
| 589 |
|
---|
| 590 | /* Data relocation. */
|
---|
| 591 | unsigned long int data_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 592 | long int data_reloc_offset;
|
---|
| 593 |
|
---|
| 594 | /* The bss section. */
|
---|
| 595 | unsigned long int orig_bss_address;
|
---|
| 596 | unsigned long int bss_size;
|
---|
| 597 |
|
---|
| 598 | /* The symbol and string tables. */
|
---|
| 599 | unsigned long int syms_size;
|
---|
| 600 | long int syms_offset;
|
---|
| 601 | unsigned long int strs_size;
|
---|
| 602 | long int strs_offset;
|
---|
| 603 |
|
---|
| 604 | /* The GDB symbol segment, if any. */
|
---|
| 605 | unsigned long int symseg_size;
|
---|
| 606 | long int symseg_offset;
|
---|
| 607 |
|
---|
| 608 | /* Describe data from the file loaded into core */
|
---|
| 609 |
|
---|
| 610 | /* Symbol table of the file. */
|
---|
| 611 | struct nlist *symbols;
|
---|
| 612 |
|
---|
| 613 | /* Pointer to the string table.
|
---|
| 614 | The string table is not kept in core all the time,
|
---|
| 615 | but when it is in core, its address is here. */
|
---|
| 616 | char *strings;
|
---|
| 617 |
|
---|
| 618 | /* Next two used only if OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE or if needed for */
|
---|
| 619 | /* output of undefined reference line numbers. */
|
---|
| 620 |
|
---|
| 621 | /* Text reloc info saved by `write_text' for `coptxtrel'. */
|
---|
| 622 | struct relocation_info *textrel;
|
---|
| 623 | /* Data reloc info saved by `write_data' for `copdatrel'. */
|
---|
| 624 | struct relocation_info *datarel;
|
---|
| 625 |
|
---|
| 626 | /* Relation of this file's segments to the output file */
|
---|
| 627 |
|
---|
| 628 | /* Start of this file's text seg in the output file core image. */
|
---|
| 629 | int text_start_address;
|
---|
| 630 | /* Start of this file's data seg in the output file core image. */
|
---|
| 631 | int data_start_address;
|
---|
| 632 | /* Start of this file's bss seg in the output file core image. */
|
---|
| 633 | int bss_start_address;
|
---|
| 634 | /* Offset in bytes in the output file symbol table
|
---|
| 635 | of the first local symbol for this file. Set by `write_file_symbols'. */
|
---|
| 636 | int local_syms_offset;
|
---|
| 637 |
|
---|
| 638 | /* For library members only */
|
---|
| 639 |
|
---|
| 640 | /* For a library, points to chain of entries for the library members. */
|
---|
| 641 | struct file_entry *subfiles;
|
---|
| 642 | /* For a library member, offset of the member within the archive.
|
---|
| 643 | Zero for files that are not library members. */
|
---|
| 644 | int starting_offset;
|
---|
| 645 | /* Size of contents of this file, if library member. */
|
---|
| 646 | int total_size;
|
---|
| 647 | /* For library member, points to the library's own entry. */
|
---|
| 648 | struct file_entry *superfile;
|
---|
| 649 | /* For library member, points to next entry for next member. */
|
---|
| 650 | struct file_entry *chain;
|
---|
| 651 |
|
---|
| 652 | /* 1 if file is a library. */
|
---|
| 653 | char library_flag;
|
---|
| 654 |
|
---|
| 655 | /* 1 if file's header has been read into this structure. */
|
---|
| 656 | char header_read_flag;
|
---|
| 657 |
|
---|
| 658 | /* 1 means search a set of directories for this file. */
|
---|
| 659 | char search_dirs_flag;
|
---|
| 660 |
|
---|
[942] | 661 | /* 1 means this is base file of incremental load.
|
---|
| 662 | Do not load this file's text or data.
|
---|
| 663 | Also default text_start to after this file's bss. */
|
---|
| 664 | char just_syms_flag;
|
---|
[91] | 665 |
|
---|
| 666 | /* 1 means search for dynamic libs before static.
|
---|
| 667 | 0 means search only static libs. */
|
---|
| 668 | char dynamic;
|
---|
| 669 | };
|
---|
| 670 |
|
---|
| 671 | /* Vector of entries for input files specified by arguments.
|
---|
| 672 | These are all the input files except for members of specified libraries. */
|
---|
| 673 | struct file_entry *file_table;
|
---|
| 674 |
|
---|
| 675 | /* Length of that vector. */
|
---|
| 676 | int number_of_files;
|
---|
| 677 | |
---|
| 678 |
|
---|
| 679 | /* When loading the text and data, we can avoid doing a close
|
---|
| 680 | and another open between members of the same library.
|
---|
| 681 |
|
---|
| 682 | These two variables remember the file that is currently open.
|
---|
| 683 | Both are zero if no file is open.
|
---|
| 684 |
|
---|
| 685 | See `each_file' and `file_close'. */
|
---|
| 686 |
|
---|
| 687 | struct file_entry *input_file;
|
---|
| 688 | int input_desc;
|
---|
| 689 |
|
---|
| 690 | /* The name of the file to write; "a.out" by default. */
|
---|
| 691 |
|
---|
| 692 | char *output_filename;
|
---|
| 693 | char *exe_filename;
|
---|
| 694 | char *def_filename = NULL;
|
---|
| 695 | char *res_filename = NULL;
|
---|
| 696 | char *map_filename = NULL;
|
---|
| 697 | char *touch_filename = NULL;
|
---|
| 698 | int reloc_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 699 | int dll_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 700 | int exe_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 701 | int map_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 702 | int stack_size = 0;
|
---|
| 703 | int emxbind_strip = 0;
|
---|
| 704 | enum exe_bind_type
|
---|
| 705 | {
|
---|
| 706 | EMX_DEFAULT, RSXNT_WIN32, RSXNT_RSX, RSXNT_EMX
|
---|
| 707 | } rsxnt_linked = EMX_DEFAULT;
|
---|
| 708 |
|
---|
| 709 | /* What kind of output file to write. */
|
---|
| 710 |
|
---|
| 711 | enum file_type output_file_type;
|
---|
| 712 |
|
---|
| 713 | #ifndef DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_TYPE
|
---|
| 714 | #define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_TYPE IS_A_OUT
|
---|
| 715 | #endif
|
---|
| 716 |
|
---|
| 717 | /* What `style' of output file to write. For BSD a.out files
|
---|
| 718 | this specifies OMAGIC, NMAGIC, or ZMAGIC. For Mach-O files
|
---|
| 719 | this switches between MH_OBJECT and two flavors of MH_EXECUTE. */
|
---|
| 720 |
|
---|
| 721 | enum output_style
|
---|
| 722 | {
|
---|
| 723 | OUTPUT_UNSPECIFIED,
|
---|
| 724 | OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE, /* -r */
|
---|
| 725 | OUTPUT_WRITABLE_TEXT, /* -N */
|
---|
| 726 | OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT, /* -n */
|
---|
| 727 | OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED /* -Z (default) */
|
---|
| 728 | };
|
---|
| 729 |
|
---|
| 730 | enum output_style output_style;
|
---|
| 731 |
|
---|
| 732 | #ifndef DEFAULT_OUTPUT_STYLE
|
---|
| 733 | #define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_STYLE OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED
|
---|
| 734 | #endif
|
---|
| 735 |
|
---|
| 736 | /* Descriptor for writing that file with `mywrite'. */
|
---|
| 737 |
|
---|
| 738 | int outdesc;
|
---|
| 739 |
|
---|
| 740 | /* The following are computed by `digest_symbols'. */
|
---|
| 741 |
|
---|
| 742 | int text_size; /* total size of text of all input files. */
|
---|
| 743 | int text_header_size; /* size of the file header if included in the
|
---|
| 744 | text size. */
|
---|
[142] | 745 | int data_size; /* total size of data of all input files. */
|
---|
[91] | 746 | int bss_size; /* total size of bss of all input files. */
|
---|
| 747 | int text_reloc_size; /* total size of text relocation of all input files. */
|
---|
| 748 | int data_reloc_size; /* total size of data relocation of all input
|
---|
| 749 | files. */
|
---|
| 750 |
|
---|
| 751 | /* The following are computed by write_header(). */
|
---|
| 752 | long int output_text_offset; /* file offset of the text section. */
|
---|
| 753 | long int output_data_offset; /* file offset of the data section. */
|
---|
| 754 | long int output_trel_offset; /* file offset of the text relocation info. */
|
---|
| 755 | long int output_drel_offset; /* file offset of the data relocation info. */
|
---|
| 756 | long int output_syms_offset; /* file offset of the symbol table. */
|
---|
| 757 | long int output_strs_offset; /* file offset of the string table. */
|
---|
| 758 |
|
---|
| 759 | /* The following are incrementally computed by write_syms(); we keep
|
---|
| 760 | them here so we can examine their values afterwards. */
|
---|
| 761 | unsigned int output_syms_size; /* total bytes of symbol table output. */
|
---|
| 762 | unsigned int output_strs_size; /* total bytes of string table output. */
|
---|
| 763 |
|
---|
| 764 | /* This can only be computed after the size of the string table is known. */
|
---|
| 765 | long int output_symseg_offset; /* file offset of the symbol segment (if any). */
|
---|
| 766 |
|
---|
| 767 | /* Incrementally computed by write_file_symseg(). */
|
---|
| 768 | unsigned int output_symseg_size;
|
---|
| 769 |
|
---|
| 770 | /* Specifications of start and length of the area reserved at the end
|
---|
| 771 | of the text segment for the set vectors. Computed in 'digest_symbols' */
|
---|
| 772 | int set_sect_start;
|
---|
| 773 | int set_sect_size;
|
---|
| 774 |
|
---|
| 775 | /* Pointer for in core storage for the above vectors, before they are
|
---|
| 776 | written. */
|
---|
| 777 | unsigned long *set_vectors;
|
---|
| 778 |
|
---|
| 779 | int *set_reloc;
|
---|
| 780 |
|
---|
| 781 | /* Amount of cleared space to leave at the end of the text segment. */
|
---|
| 782 |
|
---|
| 783 | int text_pad;
|
---|
| 784 |
|
---|
| 785 | /* Amount of padding between data segment and set vectors. */
|
---|
| 786 | int set_sect_pad;
|
---|
| 787 |
|
---|
| 788 | /* Amount of padding at end of data segment. This has two parts:
|
---|
| 789 | That which is before the bss segment, and that which overlaps
|
---|
| 790 | with the bss segment. */
|
---|
| 791 | int data_pad;
|
---|
| 792 |
|
---|
| 793 | /* Format of __.SYMDEF:
|
---|
| 794 | First, a longword containing the size of the 'symdef' data that follows.
|
---|
| 795 | Second, zero or more 'symdef' structures.
|
---|
| 796 | Third, a longword containing the length of symbol name strings.
|
---|
| 797 | Fourth, zero or more symbol name strings (each followed by a null). */
|
---|
| 798 |
|
---|
| 799 | struct symdef {
|
---|
| 800 | int symbol_name_string_index;
|
---|
| 801 | int library_member_offset;
|
---|
| 802 | };
|
---|
| 803 | |
---|
| 804 |
|
---|
| 805 | /* Record most of the command options. */
|
---|
| 806 |
|
---|
| 807 | /* Address we assume the text section will be loaded at.
|
---|
| 808 | We relocate symbols and text and data for this, but we do not
|
---|
| 809 | write any padding in the output file for it. */
|
---|
| 810 | int text_start;
|
---|
| 811 |
|
---|
| 812 | /* Address we decide the data section will be loaded at. */
|
---|
| 813 | int data_start;
|
---|
| 814 |
|
---|
| 815 | /* Nonzero if -T was specified in the command line.
|
---|
| 816 | This prevents text_start from being set later to default values. */
|
---|
| 817 | int T_flag_specified;
|
---|
| 818 |
|
---|
| 819 | /* Nonzero if -Tdata was specified in the command line.
|
---|
| 820 | This prevents data_start from being set later to default values. */
|
---|
| 821 | int Tdata_flag_specified;
|
---|
| 822 |
|
---|
| 823 | /* Size to pad data section up to.
|
---|
| 824 | We simply increase the size of the data section, padding with zeros,
|
---|
| 825 | and reduce the size of the bss section to match. */
|
---|
| 826 | int specified_data_size;
|
---|
| 827 |
|
---|
| 828 | /* Nonzero means print names of input files as processed. */
|
---|
| 829 | int trace_files;
|
---|
| 830 |
|
---|
| 831 | /* Which symbols should be stripped (omitted from the output):
|
---|
| 832 | none, all, or debugger symbols. */
|
---|
| 833 | enum { STRIP_NONE, STRIP_ALL, STRIP_DEBUGGER } strip_symbols;
|
---|
| 834 |
|
---|
| 835 | /* Which local symbols should be omitted:
|
---|
| 836 | none, all, or those starting with L.
|
---|
| 837 | This is irrelevant if STRIP_NONE. */
|
---|
| 838 | enum { DISCARD_NONE, DISCARD_ALL, DISCARD_L } discard_locals;
|
---|
| 839 |
|
---|
| 840 | /* 1 => write load map. */
|
---|
[236] | 841 | int write_map;
|
---|
[91] | 842 |
|
---|
| 843 | /* 1 => assign space to common symbols even if OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE. */
|
---|
| 844 | int force_common_definition;
|
---|
| 845 |
|
---|
| 846 | /* Standard directories to search for files specified by -l. */
|
---|
| 847 | char *standard_search_dirs[] = { "/usr/lib" };
|
---|
| 848 |
|
---|
| 849 | /* If set STANDARD_SEARCH_DIRS is not searched. */
|
---|
| 850 | int no_standard_dirs;
|
---|
| 851 |
|
---|
| 852 | /* Actual vector of directories to search;
|
---|
| 853 | this contains those specified with -L plus the standard ones. */
|
---|
| 854 | char **search_dirs;
|
---|
| 855 |
|
---|
| 856 | /* Length of the vector `search_dirs'. */
|
---|
| 857 | int n_search_dirs;
|
---|
| 858 |
|
---|
| 859 | /* Non zero means to create the output executable.
|
---|
| 860 | Cleared by nonfatal errors. */
|
---|
[1115] | 861 | int make_executable;
|
---|
| 862 |
|
---|
| 863 | /* Force the executable to be output, even if there are non-fatal
|
---|
[91] | 864 | errors */
|
---|
| 865 | int force_executable;
|
---|
| 866 |
|
---|
| 867 | /* Whether or not to include .dll in the shared library searching. */
|
---|
| 868 | int opt_dll_search;
|
---|
| 869 |
|
---|
[2673] | 870 | /* Keep a list of any symbols referenced from the command line (so
|
---|
| 871 | that error messages for these guys can be generated). This list is
|
---|
[942] | 872 | zero terminated. */
|
---|
| 873 | struct glosym **cmdline_references;
|
---|
| 874 | int cl_refs_allocated;
|
---|
| 875 |
|
---|
| 876 | void *xmalloc (size_t);
|
---|
| 877 | void *xrealloc (void *, size_t);
|
---|
[91] | 878 | void usage (char *, char *);
|
---|
[942] | 879 | void fatal (char *, ...);
|
---|
| 880 | void fatal_with_file (char *, struct file_entry *);
|
---|
| 881 | void perror_name (char *);
|
---|
| 882 | void perror_file (struct file_entry *);
|
---|
| 883 | void error (char *, char *, char *, char *);
|
---|
| 884 |
|
---|
| 885 | int parse (char *, char *, char *);
|
---|
| 886 | void initialize_text_start (void);
|
---|
| 887 | void initialize_data_start (void);
|
---|
| 888 | void digest_symbols (void);
|
---|
| 889 | void print_symbols (FILE *);
|
---|
| 890 | void load_symbols (void);
|
---|
| 891 | void decode_command (int, char **);
|
---|
| 892 | void write_output (void);
|
---|
| 893 | void write_header (void);
|
---|
| 894 | void write_text (void);
|
---|
| 895 | void read_file_relocation (struct file_entry *);
|
---|
| 896 | void write_data (void);
|
---|
| 897 | void write_rel (void);
|
---|
| 898 | void write_syms (void);
|
---|
| 899 | void write_symsegs (void);
|
---|
[91] | 900 | void mywrite (void *, int, int, int);
|
---|
[918] | 901 | void symtab_init (void);
|
---|
[942] | 902 | void padfile (int, int);
|
---|
[918] | 903 | char *get_file_name (struct file_entry *);
|
---|
[942] | 904 | symbol *getsym (char *), *getsym_soft (char *);
|
---|
| 905 | void do_warnings (FILE *);
|
---|
| 906 | void check_exe (void);
|
---|
| 907 | char *lx_to_aout (const char *pszFilename);
|
---|
| 908 | int check_lx_dll(int fd);
|
---|
| 909 | void cleanup (void);
|
---|
| 910 |
|
---|
| 911 | void add_cmdline_ref (struct glosym *sp);
|
---|
| 912 | void prline_file_name (struct file_entry *entry, FILE *outfile);
|
---|
| 913 | void deduce_file_type(int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 914 | void read_a_out_header (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 915 | void read_header (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 916 | void read_entry_symbols (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 917 | void read_entry_strings (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 918 | unsigned long contains_symbol (struct file_entry *entry, struct nlist *n_ptr);
|
---|
| 919 | void process_subentry (int desc, struct file_entry *subentry, struct file_entry *entry, struct file_entry **prev_addr);
|
---|
| 920 | void consider_file_section_lengths (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 921 | void relocate_file_addresses (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 922 | void describe_file_sections (struct file_entry *entry, FILE *outfile);
|
---|
| 923 | void list_file_locals (struct file_entry *entry, FILE *outfile);
|
---|
| 924 | int relocation_entries_relation (struct relocation_info *rel1, struct relocation_info *rel2);
|
---|
| 925 | void do_relocation_warnings (struct file_entry *entry, int data_segment, FILE *outfile, unsigned char *nlist_bitvector);
|
---|
| 926 | void do_file_warnings (struct file_entry *entry, FILE *outfile);
|
---|
| 927 | void initialize_a_out_text_start (void);
|
---|
| 928 | void initialize_a_out_data_start (void);
|
---|
| 929 | void compute_a_out_section_offsets (void);
|
---|
| 930 | void compute_more_a_out_section_offsets (void);
|
---|
| 931 | void write_a_out_header (void);
|
---|
| 932 | int hash_string (char *key);
|
---|
[2097] | 933 | void read_file_symbols (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
[942] | 934 | void compute_section_offsets (void);
|
---|
| 935 | void compute_more_section_offsets (void);
|
---|
| 936 | void read_relocation (void);
|
---|
[91] | 937 | int assign_string_table_index (char *name);
|
---|
| 938 | unsigned long check_each_file (register unsigned long (*function)(), register int arg);
|
---|
| 939 | static void gen_deffile (void);
|
---|
| 940 |
|
---|
| 941 |
|
---|
| 942 |
|
---|
| 943 | |
---|
[123] | 944 |
|
---|
[91] | 945 | int
|
---|
| 946 | main (argc, argv)
|
---|
| 947 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 948 | int argc;
|
---|
| 949 | {
|
---|
| 950 | _response (&argc, &argv);
|
---|
| 951 | _wildcard (&argc, &argv);
|
---|
| 952 | page_size = getpagesize ();
|
---|
| 953 | progname = argv[0];
|
---|
| 954 |
|
---|
| 955 | #ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
|
---|
| 956 | /* Avoid dumping core on large .o files. */
|
---|
| 957 | {
|
---|
| 958 | struct rlimit rl;
|
---|
| 959 |
|
---|
| 960 | getrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rl);
|
---|
| 961 | rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max;
|
---|
| 962 | setrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rl);
|
---|
| 963 | }
|
---|
| 964 | #endif
|
---|
| 965 |
|
---|
| 966 | /* Clear the cumulative info on the output file. */
|
---|
| 967 |
|
---|
| 968 | text_size = 0;
|
---|
| 969 | data_size = 0;
|
---|
| 970 | bss_size = 0;
|
---|
| 971 | text_reloc_size = 0;
|
---|
| 972 | data_reloc_size = 0;
|
---|
| 973 |
|
---|
| 974 | set_sect_pad = 0;
|
---|
| 975 | data_pad = 0;
|
---|
| 976 | text_pad = 0;
|
---|
| 977 |
|
---|
| 978 | /* Initialize the data about options. */
|
---|
| 979 |
|
---|
| 980 | specified_data_size = 0;
|
---|
| 981 | strip_symbols = STRIP_NONE;
|
---|
| 982 | trace_files = 0;
|
---|
| 983 | discard_locals = DISCARD_NONE;
|
---|
| 984 | entry_symbol = 0;
|
---|
| 985 | write_map = 0;
|
---|
| 986 | force_common_definition = 0;
|
---|
| 987 | T_flag_specified = 0;
|
---|
| 988 | Tdata_flag_specified = 0;
|
---|
| 989 | make_executable = 1;
|
---|
| 990 | force_executable = 0;
|
---|
| 991 | set_element_prefixes = 0;
|
---|
| 992 |
|
---|
| 993 | /* Initialize the cumulative counts of symbols. */
|
---|
| 994 |
|
---|
| 995 | local_sym_count = 0;
|
---|
| 996 | non_L_local_sym_count = 0;
|
---|
| 997 | debugger_sym_count = 0;
|
---|
| 998 | undefined_global_sym_count = 0;
|
---|
| 999 | set_symbol_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1000 | set_vector_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1001 | global_indirect_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1002 | warning_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1003 | multiple_def_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1004 | common_defined_global_count = 0;
|
---|
| 1005 |
|
---|
| 1006 | /* Keep a list of symbols referenced from the command line */
|
---|
[918] | 1007 |
|
---|
| 1008 | cl_refs_allocated = 10;
|
---|
| 1009 | cmdline_references
|
---|
| 1010 | = (struct glosym **) xmalloc (cl_refs_allocated
|
---|
[91] | 1011 | * sizeof(struct glosym *));
|
---|
| 1012 | *cmdline_references = 0;
|
---|
| 1013 |
|
---|
| 1014 | /* Cleanup converted file on exit. */
|
---|
| 1015 |
|
---|
| 1016 | atexit (cleanup);
|
---|
| 1017 |
|
---|
| 1018 | /* Completely decode ARGV. */
|
---|
| 1019 |
|
---|
| 1020 | decode_command (argc, argv);
|
---|
| 1021 |
|
---|
| 1022 | check_exe ();
|
---|
| 1023 |
|
---|
| 1024 | /* Load symbols of all input files.
|
---|
| 1025 | Also search all libraries and decide which library members to load. */
|
---|
| 1026 |
|
---|
| 1027 | load_symbols ();
|
---|
| 1028 |
|
---|
| 1029 | /* Create various built-in symbols. This must occur after
|
---|
| 1030 | all input files are loaded so that a user program can have a
|
---|
| 1031 | symbol named etext (for example). */
|
---|
| 1032 |
|
---|
| 1033 | if (output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 1034 | symtab_init ();
|
---|
| 1035 |
|
---|
| 1036 | /* Compute where each file's sections go, and relocate symbols. */
|
---|
| 1037 |
|
---|
| 1038 | digest_symbols ();
|
---|
| 1039 |
|
---|
| 1040 | /* Print error messages for any missing symbols, for any warning
|
---|
| 1041 | symbols, and possibly multiple definitions */
|
---|
| 1042 |
|
---|
| 1043 | do_warnings (stderr);
|
---|
| 1044 |
|
---|
| 1045 | /* Print a map, if requested. */
|
---|
| 1046 |
|
---|
| 1047 | if (write_map) print_symbols (stdout);
|
---|
| 1048 |
|
---|
| 1049 | /* Write the output file. */
|
---|
| 1050 |
|
---|
| 1051 | if (make_executable || force_executable)
|
---|
| 1052 | write_output ();
|
---|
| 1053 |
|
---|
| 1054 | exit (!make_executable);
|
---|
| 1055 | }
|
---|
| 1056 | |
---|
| 1057 |
|
---|
| 1058 | void add_cmdline_ref ();
|
---|
| 1059 |
|
---|
| 1060 | static struct option longopts[] =
|
---|
| 1061 | {
|
---|
| 1062 | {"d", 0, 0, 'd'},
|
---|
| 1063 | {"dc", 0, 0, 'd'}, /* For Sun compatibility. */
|
---|
| 1064 | {"dp", 0, 0, 'd'}, /* For Sun compatibility. */
|
---|
| 1065 | {"e", 1, 0, 'e'},
|
---|
| 1066 | {"n", 0, 0, 'n'},
|
---|
| 1067 | {"noinhibit-exec", 0, 0, 130},
|
---|
| 1068 | {"nostdlib", 0, 0, 133},
|
---|
| 1069 | {"o", 1, 0, 'o'},
|
---|
| 1070 | {"r", 0, 0, 'r'},
|
---|
| 1071 | {"s", 0, 0, 's'},
|
---|
| 1072 | {"t", 0, 0, 't'},
|
---|
| 1073 | {"u", 1, 0, 'u'},
|
---|
| 1074 | {"x", 0, 0, 'x'},
|
---|
| 1075 | {"z", 0, 0, 'z'},
|
---|
| 1076 | {"A", 1, 0, 'A'},
|
---|
| 1077 | {"D", 1, 0, 'D'},
|
---|
| 1078 | {"M", 0, 0, 'M'},
|
---|
| 1079 | {"N", 0, 0, 'N'},
|
---|
| 1080 | {"R", 0, 0, 'R'}, /* Create relocatable executable */
|
---|
| 1081 | {"Zexe", 0, 0, 135}, /* Create .exe file, touch `output file' */
|
---|
| 1082 | {"Zstack", 1, 0, 136}, /* Set stack size */
|
---|
| 1083 | {"Zmap", 2, 0, 137}, /* Create .map file */
|
---|
| 1084 | {"Zno-demangle", 0, 0, 138}, /* Don't demangle symbols */
|
---|
| 1085 | {"Zdemangle-proto", 0, 0, 139}, /* Demangle symbols complete */
|
---|
| 1086 | {"Zwin32", 0, 0, 140}, /* Create GUI, CUI Win32 */
|
---|
[942] | 1087 | {"Zrsx32", 0, 0, 141}, /* Create Win32/DOS win32 base */
|
---|
| 1088 | {"Zemx32", 0, 0, 142}, /* Create Win32/DOS emx base */
|
---|
| 1089 | {"S", 0, 0, 'S'},
|
---|
| 1090 | {"T", 1, 0, 'T'},
|
---|
| 1091 | {"Ttext", 1, 0, 'T'},
|
---|
| 1092 | {"Tdata", 1, 0, 132},
|
---|
| 1093 | {"V", 1, 0, 'V'},
|
---|
| 1094 | {"X", 0, 0, 'X'},
|
---|
| 1095 | #define OPT_LIBS_STATIC 0x1000
|
---|
[1115] | 1096 | {"Bstatic", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_STATIC},
|
---|
| 1097 | {"non_shared", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_STATIC},
|
---|
[91] | 1098 | {"dn", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_STATIC},
|
---|
| 1099 | {"static", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_STATIC},
|
---|
| 1100 | #define OPT_LIBS_SHARED 0x1001
|
---|
| 1101 | {"Bshared", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_SHARED},
|
---|
| 1102 | {"call_shared", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_SHARED},
|
---|
| 1103 | {"dy", 0, 0, OPT_LIBS_SHARED},
|
---|
| 1104 | #define OPT_ZDLL_SEARCH 0x1008
|
---|
| 1105 | {"Zdll-search",0, 0, OPT_ZDLL_SEARCH},
|
---|
| 1106 | {0, 0, 0, 0}
|
---|
| 1107 | };
|
---|
| 1108 |
|
---|
| 1109 | /* Since the Unix ld accepts -lfoo, -Lfoo, and -yfoo, we must also.
|
---|
| 1110 | This effectively prevents any long options from starting with
|
---|
| 1111 | one of these letters. */
|
---|
| 1112 | #define SHORTOPTS "-l:y:L:"
|
---|
| 1113 |
|
---|
| 1114 | /* Process the command arguments,
|
---|
| 1115 | setting up file_table with an entry for each input file,
|
---|
| 1116 | and setting variables according to the options. */
|
---|
[942] | 1117 |
|
---|
[91] | 1118 | void
|
---|
| 1119 | decode_command (argc, argv)
|
---|
| 1120 | char **argv;
|
---|
| 1121 | int argc;
|
---|
| 1122 | {
|
---|
| 1123 | int optc, longind;
|
---|
| 1124 | register struct file_entry *p;
|
---|
| 1125 | int opt_libs_static = 0;
|
---|
| 1126 |
|
---|
| 1127 | number_of_files = 0;
|
---|
| 1128 | output_filename = "a.out";
|
---|
| 1129 |
|
---|
| 1130 | n_search_dirs = 0;
|
---|
| 1131 | search_dirs = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 1132 |
|
---|
| 1133 | /* First compute number_of_files so we know how long to make file_table.
|
---|
| 1134 | Also process most options completely. */
|
---|
| 1135 |
|
---|
| 1136 | while ((optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, SHORTOPTS, longopts, &longind))
|
---|
| 1137 | != EOF)
|
---|
| 1138 | {
|
---|
| 1139 | if (optc == 0)
|
---|
| 1140 | optc = longopts[longind].val;
|
---|
| 1141 |
|
---|
| 1142 | switch (optc)
|
---|
| 1143 | {
|
---|
| 1144 | case '?':
|
---|
| 1145 | usage (0, 0);
|
---|
| 1146 | break;
|
---|
| 1147 |
|
---|
| 1148 | case 1:
|
---|
| 1149 | /* Non-option argument. */
|
---|
| 1150 | number_of_files++;
|
---|
| 1151 | break;
|
---|
| 1152 |
|
---|
| 1153 | case 'd':
|
---|
| 1154 | force_common_definition = 1;
|
---|
| 1155 | break;
|
---|
| 1156 |
|
---|
| 1157 | case 'e':
|
---|
| 1158 | entry_symbol = getsym (optarg);
|
---|
| 1159 | if (!entry_symbol->defined && !entry_symbol->referenced)
|
---|
| 1160 | undefined_global_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 1161 | entry_symbol->referenced = 1;
|
---|
| 1162 | add_cmdline_ref (entry_symbol);
|
---|
| 1163 | break;
|
---|
| 1164 |
|
---|
| 1165 | case 'l':
|
---|
| 1166 | number_of_files++;
|
---|
| 1167 | break;
|
---|
| 1168 |
|
---|
| 1169 | case 'n':
|
---|
| 1170 | if (output_style && output_style != OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT)
|
---|
| 1171 | fatal ("illegal combination of -n with -N, -r, or -z", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 1172 | output_style = OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT;
|
---|
| 1173 | break;
|
---|
| 1174 |
|
---|
| 1175 | case 130: /* -noinhibit-exec */
|
---|
| 1176 | force_executable = 1;
|
---|
| 1177 | break;
|
---|
| 1178 |
|
---|
| 1179 | case 133: /* -nostdlib */
|
---|
| 1180 | no_standard_dirs = 1;
|
---|
| 1181 | break;
|
---|
| 1182 |
|
---|
| 1183 | case 'o':
|
---|
| 1184 | output_filename = optarg;
|
---|
| 1185 | break;
|
---|
| 1186 |
|
---|
| 1187 | case 'r':
|
---|
| 1188 | if (output_style && output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 1189 | fatal ("illegal combination of -r with -N, -n, or -z", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 1190 | output_style = OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE;
|
---|
| 1191 | text_start = 0;
|
---|
| 1192 | break;
|
---|
| 1193 |
|
---|
| 1194 | case 's':
|
---|
| 1195 | strip_symbols = STRIP_ALL;
|
---|
| 1196 | break;
|
---|
| 1197 |
|
---|
| 1198 | case 't':
|
---|
| 1199 | trace_files = 1;
|
---|
| 1200 | break;
|
---|
| 1201 |
|
---|
| 1202 | case 'u':
|
---|
| 1203 | {
|
---|
| 1204 | register symbol *sp = getsym (optarg);
|
---|
| 1205 |
|
---|
| 1206 | if (!sp->defined && !sp->referenced)
|
---|
| 1207 | undefined_global_sym_count++;
|
---|
[2673] | 1208 | sp->referenced = 1;
|
---|
[91] | 1209 | add_cmdline_ref (sp);
|
---|
| 1210 | }
|
---|
| 1211 | break;
|
---|
| 1212 |
|
---|
| 1213 | case 'x':
|
---|
| 1214 | discard_locals = DISCARD_ALL;
|
---|
| 1215 | break;
|
---|
| 1216 |
|
---|
| 1217 | case 'y':
|
---|
| 1218 | {
|
---|
| 1219 | register symbol *sp = getsym (optarg);
|
---|
| 1220 |
|
---|
| 1221 | sp->trace = 1;
|
---|
| 1222 | }
|
---|
| 1223 | break;
|
---|
| 1224 |
|
---|
| 1225 | case 'z':
|
---|
| 1226 | if (output_style && output_style != OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED)
|
---|
| 1227 | fatal ("illegal combination of -z with -N, -n, or -r", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 1228 | output_style = OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED;
|
---|
| 1229 | break;
|
---|
| 1230 |
|
---|
| 1231 | case 'A':
|
---|
| 1232 | number_of_files++;
|
---|
| 1233 | break;
|
---|
| 1234 |
|
---|
| 1235 | case 'D':
|
---|
| 1236 | specified_data_size = parse (optarg, "%x", "invalid argument to -D");
|
---|
[2673] | 1237 | break;
|
---|
[91] | 1238 |
|
---|
| 1239 | case 'L':
|
---|
| 1240 | n_search_dirs++;
|
---|
| 1241 | search_dirs = (char **)
|
---|
| 1242 | xrealloc (search_dirs, n_search_dirs * sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 1243 | search_dirs[n_search_dirs - 1] = optarg;
|
---|
| 1244 | break;
|
---|
| 1245 |
|
---|
| 1246 | case 'M':
|
---|
| 1247 | write_map = 1;
|
---|
| 1248 | break;
|
---|
| 1249 |
|
---|
| 1250 | case 'N':
|
---|
| 1251 | if (output_style && output_style != OUTPUT_WRITABLE_TEXT)
|
---|
| 1252 | fatal ("illegal combination of -N with -n, -r, or -z", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 1253 | output_style = OUTPUT_WRITABLE_TEXT;
|
---|
| 1254 | break;
|
---|
| 1255 |
|
---|
| 1256 | case 135: /* -Zexe */
|
---|
| 1257 | exe_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1258 | break;
|
---|
| 1259 |
|
---|
| 1260 | case 136: /* -Zstack */
|
---|
| 1261 | stack_size = parse (optarg, "%i", "invalid argument to -Zstack");
|
---|
| 1262 | break;
|
---|
| 1263 |
|
---|
| 1264 | case 137: /* -Zmap */
|
---|
| 1265 | map_filename = optarg;
|
---|
| 1266 | map_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1267 | break;
|
---|
| 1268 |
|
---|
| 1269 | case 138: /* -Zno-demangle */
|
---|
| 1270 | demangler = 0;
|
---|
| 1271 | break;
|
---|
| 1272 |
|
---|
| 1273 | case 139: /* -Zdemangle-proto */
|
---|
| 1274 | demangle_options = DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI;
|
---|
| 1275 | break;
|
---|
| 1276 |
|
---|
| 1277 | case 140: /* -Zwin32: GUI,CUI Win32 */
|
---|
| 1278 | rsxnt_linked = RSXNT_WIN32;
|
---|
| 1279 | break;
|
---|
| 1280 |
|
---|
| 1281 | case 141: /* -Zrsx32: Win32/DOS win32 base */
|
---|
| 1282 | rsxnt_linked = RSXNT_RSX;
|
---|
| 1283 | break;
|
---|
| 1284 |
|
---|
| 1285 | case 142: /* -Zemx32: Win32/DOS emx base */
|
---|
| 1286 | rsxnt_linked = RSXNT_EMX;
|
---|
| 1287 | break;
|
---|
| 1288 |
|
---|
| 1289 | case 'R':
|
---|
| 1290 | reloc_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1291 | break;
|
---|
| 1292 |
|
---|
| 1293 | case 'S':
|
---|
| 1294 | strip_symbols = STRIP_DEBUGGER;
|
---|
| 1295 | break;
|
---|
| 1296 |
|
---|
| 1297 | case 'T':
|
---|
| 1298 | text_start = parse (optarg, "%x", "invalid argument to -Ttext");
|
---|
| 1299 | T_flag_specified = 1;
|
---|
| 1300 | break;
|
---|
| 1301 |
|
---|
| 1302 | case 132: /* -Tdata addr */
|
---|
| 1303 | data_start = parse (optarg, "%x", "invalid argument to -Tdata");
|
---|
[2673] | 1304 | Tdata_flag_specified = 1;
|
---|
[91] | 1305 | break;
|
---|
| 1306 |
|
---|
| 1307 | case 'V':
|
---|
| 1308 | {
|
---|
| 1309 | struct string_list_element *new
|
---|
| 1310 | = (struct string_list_element *)
|
---|
| 1311 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct string_list_element));
|
---|
| 1312 |
|
---|
| 1313 | new->str = optarg;
|
---|
[942] | 1314 | new->next = set_element_prefixes;
|
---|
[1115] | 1315 | set_element_prefixes = new;
|
---|
| 1316 | }
|
---|
| 1317 | break;
|
---|
| 1318 |
|
---|
[942] | 1319 | case 'X':
|
---|
| 1320 | discard_locals = DISCARD_L;
|
---|
| 1321 | break;
|
---|
| 1322 |
|
---|
[91] | 1323 | case OPT_ZDLL_SEARCH:
|
---|
| 1324 | opt_dll_search = 1;
|
---|
| 1325 | break;
|
---|
| 1326 |
|
---|
| 1327 | case OPT_LIBS_STATIC:
|
---|
| 1328 | case OPT_LIBS_SHARED:
|
---|
| 1329 | /* processed later */
|
---|
| 1330 | break;
|
---|
| 1331 | }
|
---|
| 1332 | }
|
---|
| 1333 |
|
---|
| 1334 | if (!number_of_files)
|
---|
| 1335 | usage ("no input files", 0);
|
---|
| 1336 |
|
---|
| 1337 | p = file_table
|
---|
| 1338 | = (struct file_entry *) xmalloc (number_of_files * sizeof (struct file_entry));
|
---|
| 1339 | bzero (p, number_of_files * sizeof (struct file_entry));
|
---|
| 1340 |
|
---|
| 1341 | /* Now scan again and fill in file_table.
|
---|
| 1342 | All options except -A and -l are ignored here. */
|
---|
| 1343 |
|
---|
| 1344 | optind = 0; /* Reset getopt. */
|
---|
| 1345 | while ((optc = getopt_long_only (argc, argv, SHORTOPTS, longopts, &longind))
|
---|
| 1346 | != EOF)
|
---|
| 1347 | {
|
---|
| 1348 | if (optc == 0)
|
---|
| 1349 | optc = longopts[longind].val;
|
---|
| 1350 |
|
---|
| 1351 | switch (optc)
|
---|
| 1352 | {
|
---|
| 1353 | case 1:
|
---|
| 1354 | /* Non-option argument. */
|
---|
| 1355 | {
|
---|
| 1356 | char *ext = _getext (optarg);
|
---|
| 1357 | if (ext != NULL && stricmp (ext, ".def") == 0
|
---|
| 1358 | && def_filename == NULL)
|
---|
| 1359 | {
|
---|
| 1360 | def_filename = optarg;
|
---|
| 1361 | --number_of_files;
|
---|
| 1362 | break;
|
---|
[918] | 1363 | }
|
---|
| 1364 | else if (ext != NULL && stricmp (ext, ".res") == 0
|
---|
| 1365 | && res_filename == NULL)
|
---|
| 1366 | {
|
---|
| 1367 | res_filename = optarg;
|
---|
| 1368 | --number_of_files;
|
---|
| 1369 | break;
|
---|
| 1370 | }
|
---|
[91] | 1371 | else if (ext != NULL && stricmp (ext, ".dll") == 0
|
---|
| 1372 | && res_filename == NULL)
|
---|
| 1373 | { /* convert .dll to temporary import library. */
|
---|
| 1374 | p->filename = lx_to_aout (optarg);
|
---|
| 1375 | p->local_sym_name = optarg;
|
---|
| 1376 | p++;
|
---|
| 1377 | break;
|
---|
| 1378 | }
|
---|
[942] | 1379 | }
|
---|
[91] | 1380 | p->filename = optarg;
|
---|
| 1381 | p->local_sym_name = optarg;
|
---|
| 1382 | p++;
|
---|
| 1383 | break;
|
---|
| 1384 |
|
---|
| 1385 | case 'A':
|
---|
| 1386 | if (p != file_table)
|
---|
[2673] | 1387 | usage ("-A specified before an input file other than the first", NULL);
|
---|
| 1388 | p->filename = optarg;
|
---|
[91] | 1389 | p->local_sym_name = optarg;
|
---|
[942] | 1390 | p->just_syms_flag = 1;
|
---|
[91] | 1391 | p++;
|
---|
| 1392 | break;
|
---|
[942] | 1393 |
|
---|
| 1394 | case 'l':
|
---|
| 1395 | p->filename = concat ("", optarg, "", NULL);
|
---|
| 1396 | p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", optarg, "", NULL);
|
---|
| 1397 | p->search_dirs_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1398 | p->dynamic = !opt_libs_static;
|
---|
| 1399 | p++;
|
---|
[91] | 1400 | break;
|
---|
| 1401 |
|
---|
| 1402 | case OPT_LIBS_STATIC:
|
---|
| 1403 | opt_libs_static = 1;
|
---|
| 1404 | break;
|
---|
| 1405 | case OPT_LIBS_SHARED:
|
---|
| 1406 | opt_libs_static = 0;
|
---|
| 1407 | break;
|
---|
| 1408 | }
|
---|
| 1409 | }
|
---|
| 1410 |
|
---|
| 1411 | if (!output_file_type)
|
---|
| 1412 | output_file_type = DEFAULT_OUTPUT_FILE_TYPE;
|
---|
| 1413 |
|
---|
| 1414 | if (!output_style)
|
---|
| 1415 | output_style = DEFAULT_OUTPUT_STYLE;
|
---|
| 1416 |
|
---|
| 1417 | #if 0
|
---|
| 1418 | /* THIS CONSISTENCY CHECK BELONGS SOMEWHERE ELSE. */
|
---|
| 1419 | /* Now check some option settings for consistency. */
|
---|
| 1420 |
|
---|
| 1421 | if ((output_style == OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT || output_style == OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED)
|
---|
| 1422 | && (text_start - text_start_alignment) & (page_size - 1))
|
---|
| 1423 | usage ("-T argument not multiple of page size, with sharable output", 0);
|
---|
| 1424 | #endif
|
---|
| 1425 |
|
---|
| 1426 | /* Append the standard search directories to the user-specified ones. */
|
---|
| 1427 | if (!no_standard_dirs)
|
---|
| 1428 | {
|
---|
| 1429 | int n = sizeof standard_search_dirs / sizeof standard_search_dirs[0];
|
---|
| 1430 | n_search_dirs += n;
|
---|
| 1431 | search_dirs
|
---|
| 1432 | = (char **) xrealloc (search_dirs, n_search_dirs * sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 1433 | bcopy (standard_search_dirs, &search_dirs[n_search_dirs - n],
|
---|
| 1434 | n * sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 1435 | }
|
---|
| 1436 | }
|
---|
| 1437 | |
---|
| 1438 |
|
---|
| 1439 |
|
---|
| 1440 | void
|
---|
| 1441 | add_cmdline_ref (sp)
|
---|
| 1442 | struct glosym *sp;
|
---|
| 1443 | {
|
---|
| 1444 | struct glosym **ptr;
|
---|
| 1445 |
|
---|
| 1446 | for (ptr = cmdline_references;
|
---|
| 1447 | ptr < cmdline_references + cl_refs_allocated && *ptr;
|
---|
| 1448 | ptr++)
|
---|
| 1449 | ;
|
---|
| 1450 |
|
---|
| 1451 | if (ptr >= cmdline_references + cl_refs_allocated - 1)
|
---|
| 1452 | {
|
---|
| 1453 | int diff = ptr - cmdline_references;
|
---|
| 1454 |
|
---|
| 1455 | cl_refs_allocated *= 2;
|
---|
| 1456 | cmdline_references = (struct glosym **)
|
---|
[942] | 1457 | xrealloc (cmdline_references,
|
---|
[91] | 1458 | cl_refs_allocated * sizeof (struct glosym *));
|
---|
| 1459 | ptr = cmdline_references + diff;
|
---|
| 1460 | }
|
---|
| 1461 |
|
---|
| 1462 | *ptr++ = sp;
|
---|
| 1463 | *ptr = (struct glosym *) 0;
|
---|
| 1464 | }
|
---|
| 1465 |
|
---|
| 1466 | static int
|
---|
| 1467 | set_element_prefixed_p (name)
|
---|
| 1468 | char *name;
|
---|
| 1469 | {
|
---|
| 1470 | struct string_list_element *p;
|
---|
| 1471 | int i;
|
---|
| 1472 |
|
---|
| 1473 | for (p = set_element_prefixes; p; p = p->next)
|
---|
| 1474 | {
|
---|
| 1475 | for (i = 0; p->str[i] != '\0' && (p->str[i] == name[i]); i++)
|
---|
| 1476 | ;
|
---|
[942] | 1477 |
|
---|
[91] | 1478 | if (p->str[i] == '\0')
|
---|
| 1479 | return 1;
|
---|
| 1480 | }
|
---|
| 1481 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1482 | }
|
---|
| 1483 | |
---|
| 1484 |
|
---|
[942] | 1485 | /* Convenient functions for operating on one or all files being
|
---|
[91] | 1486 | loaded. */
|
---|
| 1487 | void print_file_name (struct file_entry *entry, FILE *outfile);
|
---|
| 1488 |
|
---|
| 1489 | /* Call FUNCTION on each input file entry.
|
---|
| 1490 | Do not call for entries for libraries;
|
---|
| 1491 | instead, call once for each library member that is being loaded.
|
---|
| 1492 |
|
---|
| 1493 | FUNCTION receives two arguments: the entry, and ARG. */
|
---|
| 1494 |
|
---|
| 1495 | static void
|
---|
| 1496 | each_file (function, arg)
|
---|
| 1497 | register void (*function)();
|
---|
| 1498 | register int arg;
|
---|
| 1499 | {
|
---|
| 1500 | register int i;
|
---|
| 1501 |
|
---|
| 1502 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_files; i++)
|
---|
| 1503 | {
|
---|
| 1504 | register struct file_entry *entry = &file_table[i];
|
---|
| 1505 | if (entry->library_flag)
|
---|
| 1506 | {
|
---|
| 1507 | register struct file_entry *subentry = entry->subfiles;
|
---|
| 1508 | for (; subentry; subentry = subentry->chain)
|
---|
| 1509 | (*function) (subentry, arg);
|
---|
| 1510 | }
|
---|
| 1511 | else
|
---|
| 1512 | (*function) (entry, arg);
|
---|
| 1513 | }
|
---|
| 1514 | }
|
---|
| 1515 |
|
---|
| 1516 | /* Call FUNCTION on each input file entry until it returns a non-zero
|
---|
| 1517 | value. Return this value.
|
---|
| 1518 | Do not call for entries for libraries;
|
---|
| 1519 | instead, call once for each library member that is being loaded.
|
---|
| 1520 |
|
---|
| 1521 | FUNCTION receives two arguments: the entry, and ARG. It must be a
|
---|
| 1522 | function returning unsigned long (though this can probably be fudged). */
|
---|
| 1523 |
|
---|
| 1524 | unsigned long
|
---|
| 1525 | check_each_file (function, arg)
|
---|
| 1526 | register unsigned long (*function)();
|
---|
| 1527 | register int arg;
|
---|
| 1528 | {
|
---|
[94] | 1529 | register int i;
|
---|
[91] | 1530 | register unsigned long return_val;
|
---|
| 1531 |
|
---|
| 1532 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_files; i++)
|
---|
[94] | 1533 | {
|
---|
[91] | 1534 | register struct file_entry *entry = &file_table[i];
|
---|
| 1535 | if (entry->library_flag)
|
---|
| 1536 | {
|
---|
| 1537 | register struct file_entry *subentry = entry->subfiles;
|
---|
| 1538 | for (; subentry; subentry = subentry->chain)
|
---|
| 1539 | if ((return_val = (*function) (subentry, arg)))
|
---|
| 1540 | return return_val;
|
---|
[942] | 1541 | }
|
---|
[91] | 1542 | else
|
---|
| 1543 | if ((return_val = (*function) (entry, arg)))
|
---|
| 1544 | return return_val;
|
---|
| 1545 | }
|
---|
| 1546 | return 0;
|
---|
| 1547 | }
|
---|
| 1548 |
|
---|
| 1549 | /* Like `each_file' but ignore files that were just for symbol definitions. */
|
---|
| 1550 |
|
---|
| 1551 | static void
|
---|
| 1552 | each_full_file (function, arg)
|
---|
| 1553 | register void (*function)();
|
---|
| 1554 | register int arg;
|
---|
| 1555 | {
|
---|
| 1556 | register int i;
|
---|
| 1557 |
|
---|
| 1558 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_files; i++)
|
---|
| 1559 | {
|
---|
| 1560 | register struct file_entry *entry = &file_table[i];
|
---|
| 1561 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 1562 | continue;
|
---|
| 1563 | if (entry->library_flag)
|
---|
| 1564 | {
|
---|
| 1565 | register struct file_entry *subentry = entry->subfiles;
|
---|
[942] | 1566 | for (; subentry; subentry = subentry->chain)
|
---|
[91] | 1567 | (*function) (subentry, arg);
|
---|
| 1568 | }
|
---|
| 1569 | else
|
---|
| 1570 | (*function) (entry, arg);
|
---|
| 1571 | }
|
---|
| 1572 | }
|
---|
| 1573 |
|
---|
| 1574 | /* Close the input file that is now open. */
|
---|
| 1575 |
|
---|
| 1576 | static void
|
---|
| 1577 | file_close ()
|
---|
[942] | 1578 | {
|
---|
[91] | 1579 | close (input_desc);
|
---|
| 1580 | input_desc = 0;
|
---|
| 1581 | input_file = 0;
|
---|
[94] | 1582 | }
|
---|
[91] | 1583 |
|
---|
| 1584 | /* Open the input file specified by 'entry', and return a descriptor.
|
---|
| 1585 | The open file is remembered; if the same file is opened twice in a row,
|
---|
| 1586 | a new open is not actually done. */
|
---|
| 1587 |
|
---|
| 1588 | static int
|
---|
| 1589 | file_open (entry)
|
---|
| 1590 | register struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1591 | {
|
---|
| 1592 | register int desc = -1;
|
---|
| 1593 |
|
---|
[942] | 1594 | if (entry->superfile)
|
---|
[1115] | 1595 | return file_open (entry->superfile);
|
---|
| 1596 |
|
---|
| 1597 | if (entry == input_file)
|
---|
| 1598 | return input_desc;
|
---|
[942] | 1599 |
|
---|
[91] | 1600 | if (input_file) file_close ();
|
---|
| 1601 |
|
---|
| 1602 | if (entry->search_dirs_flag && n_search_dirs)
|
---|
| 1603 | {
|
---|
[942] | 1604 | /* !we're searching for libraries here! */
|
---|
[2673] | 1605 | static const char *dynamic_dll_suffs[] = { "_dll.a", ".a", ".dll", "_s.a", NULL };
|
---|
[942] | 1606 | static const char *dynamic_suffs[] = { "_dll.a", ".a", "_s.a", NULL };
|
---|
[94] | 1607 | static const char *static_suffs[] = { "_s.a", ".a", NULL };
|
---|
[942] | 1608 | const char **suffs = entry->dynamic ? opt_dll_search ? dynamic_dll_suffs : dynamic_suffs : static_suffs;
|
---|
| 1609 | int lenname = strlen (entry->filename);
|
---|
| 1610 | int i;
|
---|
[236] | 1611 |
|
---|
[942] | 1612 | for (i = 0; i < n_search_dirs; i++)
|
---|
| 1613 | {
|
---|
| 1614 | int lendir = strlen (search_dirs[i]);
|
---|
| 1615 | register char *string = (char *) xmalloc (lendir + lenname + 4 + 6 + 1);
|
---|
| 1616 | int j;
|
---|
| 1617 |
|
---|
| 1618 | memcpy (string, search_dirs[i], lendir);
|
---|
| 1619 | string[lendir++] = '/';
|
---|
| 1620 | for (j = 0; suffs[j]; j++)
|
---|
| 1621 | {
|
---|
| 1622 | static const char *prefixes[] = { "lib", ""};
|
---|
| 1623 | int k;
|
---|
| 1624 | for (k = 0; k < sizeof(prefixes) / sizeof(prefixes[0]); k++)
|
---|
| 1625 | {
|
---|
| 1626 | int len = strlen (prefixes[k]);
|
---|
| 1627 | memcpy (string + lendir, prefixes[k], len);
|
---|
| 1628 | len += lendir;
|
---|
| 1629 | memcpy (string + len, entry->filename, lenname);
|
---|
| 1630 | len += lenname;
|
---|
| 1631 | strcpy (string + len, suffs[j]);
|
---|
| 1632 |
|
---|
| 1633 | desc = open (string, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
|
---|
| 1634 | if (desc > 0)
|
---|
| 1635 | {
|
---|
| 1636 | /* convert? */
|
---|
| 1637 | if (check_lx_dll (desc))
|
---|
| 1638 | {
|
---|
| 1639 | string = lx_to_aout (string);
|
---|
| 1640 | if (!string || (desc = open (string, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0)) < 0)
|
---|
[91] | 1641 | perror_file (entry);
|
---|
[942] | 1642 | }
|
---|
[91] | 1643 | entry->filename = string;
|
---|
| 1644 | entry->search_dirs_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 1645 | input_file = entry;
|
---|
| 1646 | input_desc = desc;
|
---|
| 1647 | return desc;
|
---|
| 1648 | }
|
---|
| 1649 | } /* prefix loop */
|
---|
| 1650 | } /* suffix loop */
|
---|
| 1651 | free (string);
|
---|
| 1652 | } /* dir loop */
|
---|
| 1653 | }
|
---|
| 1654 | else
|
---|
[123] | 1655 | desc = open (entry->filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
|
---|
[94] | 1656 |
|
---|
[91] | 1657 | if (desc > 0)
|
---|
| 1658 | {
|
---|
| 1659 | input_file = entry;
|
---|
| 1660 | input_desc = desc;
|
---|
| 1661 | return desc;
|
---|
| 1662 | }
|
---|
| 1663 |
|
---|
| 1664 | perror_file (entry);
|
---|
| 1665 | /* NOTREACHED */
|
---|
| 1666 | return -1;
|
---|
| 1667 | }
|
---|
| 1668 |
|
---|
| 1669 | /* Print the filename of ENTRY on OUTFILE (a stdio stream),
|
---|
| 1670 | and then a newline. */
|
---|
| 1671 |
|
---|
| 1672 | void
|
---|
| 1673 | prline_file_name (entry, outfile)
|
---|
| 1674 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1675 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 1676 | {
|
---|
| 1677 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 1678 | fprintf (outfile, "\n");
|
---|
| 1679 | }
|
---|
| 1680 |
|
---|
| 1681 | /* Print the filename of ENTRY on OUTFILE (a stdio stream). */
|
---|
| 1682 |
|
---|
| 1683 | void
|
---|
| 1684 | print_file_name (entry, outfile)
|
---|
| 1685 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1686 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 1687 | {
|
---|
| 1688 | if (entry->superfile)
|
---|
| 1689 | {
|
---|
| 1690 | print_file_name (entry->superfile, outfile);
|
---|
| 1691 | fprintf (outfile, "(%s)", entry->filename);
|
---|
| 1692 | }
|
---|
| 1693 | else
|
---|
| 1694 | fprintf (outfile, "%s", entry->filename);
|
---|
| 1695 | }
|
---|
| 1696 |
|
---|
| 1697 | /* Return the filename of entry as a string (malloc'd for the purpose) */
|
---|
| 1698 |
|
---|
| 1699 | char *
|
---|
| 1700 | get_file_name (entry)
|
---|
| 1701 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1702 | {
|
---|
| 1703 | char *result, *supfile;
|
---|
| 1704 | if (entry->superfile)
|
---|
| 1705 | {
|
---|
| 1706 | supfile = get_file_name (entry->superfile);
|
---|
| 1707 | result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (supfile)
|
---|
| 1708 | + strlen (entry->filename) + 3);
|
---|
| 1709 | sprintf (result, "%s(%s)", supfile, entry->filename);
|
---|
| 1710 | free (supfile);
|
---|
| 1711 | }
|
---|
| 1712 | else
|
---|
| 1713 | {
|
---|
| 1714 | result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (entry->filename) + 1);
|
---|
| 1715 | strcpy (result, entry->filename);
|
---|
| 1716 | }
|
---|
| 1717 | return result;
|
---|
| 1718 | }
|
---|
| 1719 | |
---|
| 1720 |
|
---|
| 1721 | /* Medium-level input routines for rel files. */
|
---|
| 1722 |
|
---|
| 1723 | /* Determine whether the given ENTRY is an archive, a BSD a.out file,
|
---|
[142] | 1724 | a Mach-O file, or whatever. DESC is the descriptor on which the
|
---|
[91] | 1725 | file is open. */
|
---|
| 1726 | void
|
---|
| 1727 | deduce_file_type(desc, entry)
|
---|
| 1728 | int desc;
|
---|
| 1729 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1730 | {
|
---|
| 1731 | int len;
|
---|
| 1732 |
|
---|
| 1733 | {
|
---|
| 1734 | char magic[SARMAG];
|
---|
| 1735 |
|
---|
| 1736 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 1737 | len = read (desc, magic, SARMAG);
|
---|
| 1738 | if (len == SARMAG && !strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG))
|
---|
| 1739 | {
|
---|
| 1740 | entry->file_type = IS_ARCHIVE;
|
---|
| 1741 | return;
|
---|
| 1742 | }
|
---|
| 1743 | }
|
---|
| 1744 |
|
---|
| 1745 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 1746 | {
|
---|
| 1747 | struct exec hdr;
|
---|
| 1748 |
|
---|
| 1749 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 1750 | len = read (desc, (char *) &hdr, sizeof (struct exec));
|
---|
| 1751 | if (len == sizeof (struct exec) && !N_BADMAG (hdr))
|
---|
| 1752 | {
|
---|
| 1753 | entry->file_type = IS_A_OUT;
|
---|
| 1754 | return;
|
---|
| 1755 | }
|
---|
| 1756 | }
|
---|
| 1757 | #endif
|
---|
| 1758 |
|
---|
| 1759 | fatal_with_file ("malformed input file (not rel or archive) ", entry);
|
---|
| 1760 | }
|
---|
| 1761 |
|
---|
| 1762 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 1763 | /* Read an a.out file's header and set up the fields of
|
---|
| 1764 | the ENTRY accordingly. DESC is the descriptor on which
|
---|
| 1765 | the file is open. */
|
---|
| 1766 | void
|
---|
| 1767 | read_a_out_header (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 1768 | int desc;
|
---|
| 1769 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1770 | {
|
---|
| 1771 | struct exec hdr;
|
---|
| 1772 | struct stat st;
|
---|
| 1773 |
|
---|
| 1774 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 1775 | read (desc, (char *) &hdr, sizeof (struct exec));
|
---|
| 1776 |
|
---|
| 1777 | #ifdef READ_HEADER_HOOK
|
---|
| 1778 | READ_HEADER_HOOK(hdr.a_machtype);
|
---|
| 1779 | #endif
|
---|
| 1780 |
|
---|
| 1781 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 1782 | entry->orig_text_address = N_TXTADDR(hdr);
|
---|
| 1783 | else
|
---|
| 1784 | entry->orig_text_address = 0;
|
---|
| 1785 | entry->text_size = hdr.a_text;
|
---|
| 1786 | entry->text_offset = N_TXTOFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1787 |
|
---|
| 1788 | entry->text_reloc_size = hdr.a_trsize;
|
---|
| 1789 | #ifdef N_TRELOFF
|
---|
| 1790 | entry->text_reloc_offset = N_TRELOFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1791 | #else
|
---|
| 1792 | #ifdef N_DATOFF
|
---|
| 1793 | entry->text_reloc_offset = N_DATOFF(hdr) + hdr.a_data;
|
---|
| 1794 | #else
|
---|
| 1795 | entry->text_reloc_offset = N_TXTOFF(hdr) + hdr.a_text + hdr.a_data;
|
---|
| 1796 | #endif
|
---|
| 1797 | #endif
|
---|
| 1798 |
|
---|
| 1799 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 1800 | entry->orig_data_address = N_DATADDR(hdr);
|
---|
| 1801 | else
|
---|
| 1802 | entry->orig_data_address = entry->text_size;
|
---|
| 1803 | entry->data_size = hdr.a_data;
|
---|
| 1804 | #ifdef N_DATOFF
|
---|
| 1805 | entry->data_offset = N_DATOFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1806 | #else
|
---|
| 1807 | entry->data_offset = N_TXTOFF(hdr) + hdr.a_text;
|
---|
| 1808 | #endif
|
---|
| 1809 |
|
---|
| 1810 | entry->data_reloc_size = hdr.a_drsize;
|
---|
| 1811 | #ifdef N_DRELOFF
|
---|
| 1812 | entry->data_reloc_offset = N_DRELOFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1813 | #else
|
---|
| 1814 | entry->data_reloc_offset = entry->text_reloc_offset + entry->text_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 1815 | #endif
|
---|
| 1816 |
|
---|
| 1817 | #ifdef N_BSSADDR
|
---|
[94] | 1818 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 1819 | entry->orig_bss_address = N_BSSADDR(hdr);
|
---|
[91] | 1820 | else
|
---|
| 1821 | #endif
|
---|
| 1822 | entry->orig_bss_address = entry->orig_data_address + entry->data_size;
|
---|
| 1823 | entry->bss_size = hdr.a_bss;
|
---|
| 1824 |
|
---|
| 1825 | entry->syms_size = hdr.a_syms;
|
---|
| 1826 | entry->syms_offset = N_SYMOFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1827 | entry->strs_offset = N_STROFF(hdr);
|
---|
| 1828 | lseek(desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->strs_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 1829 | if (entry->syms_size &&
|
---|
| 1830 | read(desc, (char *) &entry->strs_size, sizeof (unsigned long int))
|
---|
| 1831 | != sizeof (unsigned long int))
|
---|
| 1832 | fatal_with_file ("failure reading string table size of ", entry);
|
---|
| 1833 |
|
---|
| 1834 | if (!entry->superfile)
|
---|
| 1835 | {
|
---|
| 1836 | fstat(desc, &st);
|
---|
| 1837 | if (st.st_size > entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size)
|
---|
| 1838 | {
|
---|
| 1839 | entry->symseg_size = st.st_size - (entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 1840 | entry->symseg_offset = entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size;
|
---|
| 1841 | }
|
---|
| 1842 | }
|
---|
| 1843 | else
|
---|
| 1844 | if (entry->total_size > entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size)
|
---|
| 1845 | {
|
---|
| 1846 | entry->symseg_size = entry->total_size - (entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 1847 | entry->symseg_offset = entry->strs_offset + entry->strs_size;
|
---|
| 1848 | }
|
---|
| 1849 | }
|
---|
| 1850 | #endif
|
---|
| 1851 |
|
---|
| 1852 | /* Read a file's header info into the proper place in the file_entry.
|
---|
| 1853 | DESC is the descriptor on which the file is open.
|
---|
| 1854 | ENTRY is the file's entry.
|
---|
| 1855 | Switch in the file_type to determine the appropriate actual
|
---|
| 1856 | header reading routine to call. */
|
---|
| 1857 |
|
---|
| 1858 | void
|
---|
| 1859 | read_header (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 1860 | int desc;
|
---|
| 1861 | register struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1862 | {
|
---|
| 1863 | if (!entry->file_type)
|
---|
| 1864 | deduce_file_type (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1865 |
|
---|
| 1866 | switch (entry->file_type)
|
---|
| 1867 | {
|
---|
| 1868 | case IS_ARCHIVE:
|
---|
| 1869 | default:
|
---|
| 1870 | /* Should never happen. */
|
---|
| 1871 | abort ();
|
---|
| 1872 |
|
---|
| 1873 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 1874 | case IS_A_OUT:
|
---|
| 1875 | read_a_out_header (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1876 | break;
|
---|
| 1877 | #endif
|
---|
| 1878 | }
|
---|
| 1879 |
|
---|
| 1880 | entry->header_read_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1881 | }
|
---|
| 1882 |
|
---|
| 1883 | /* Read the symbols of file ENTRY into core.
|
---|
| 1884 | Assume it is already open, on descriptor DESC. */
|
---|
| 1885 |
|
---|
| 1886 | void
|
---|
| 1887 | read_entry_symbols (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 1888 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1889 | int desc;
|
---|
| 1890 | {
|
---|
| 1891 | if (!entry->header_read_flag)
|
---|
| 1892 | read_header (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1893 |
|
---|
| 1894 | entry->symbols = (struct nlist *) xmalloc (entry->syms_size);
|
---|
[942] | 1895 |
|
---|
[91] | 1896 | lseek (desc, entry->syms_offset + entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 1897 | if (entry->syms_size != read (desc, entry->symbols, entry->syms_size))
|
---|
| 1898 | fatal_with_file ("premature end of file in symbols of ", entry);
|
---|
| 1899 | }
|
---|
| 1900 |
|
---|
| 1901 | /* Read the string table of file ENTRY into core.
|
---|
| 1902 | Assume it is already open, on descriptor DESC. */
|
---|
| 1903 |
|
---|
| 1904 | void
|
---|
| 1905 | read_entry_strings (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 1906 | int desc;
|
---|
| 1907 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
[942] | 1908 | {
|
---|
| 1909 | if (!entry->header_read_flag)
|
---|
| 1910 | read_header (desc, entry);
|
---|
[91] | 1911 |
|
---|
| 1912 | lseek (desc, entry->strs_offset + entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
[942] | 1913 | if (entry->strs_size != read (desc, entry->strings, entry->strs_size))
|
---|
[91] | 1914 | fatal_with_file ("premature end of file in strings of ", entry);
|
---|
| 1915 | }
|
---|
| 1916 | |
---|
| 1917 |
|
---|
| 1918 | /* Read in the symbols of all input files. */
|
---|
| 1919 |
|
---|
| 1920 | void enter_file_symbols (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 1921 | void enter_global_ref (register struct nlist *nlist_p, char *name, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 1922 | void search_library (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 1923 |
|
---|
| 1924 | void
|
---|
| 1925 | load_symbols (void)
|
---|
| 1926 | {
|
---|
| 1927 | register int i;
|
---|
| 1928 |
|
---|
| 1929 | if (trace_files) fprintf (stderr, "Loading symbols:\n\n");
|
---|
| 1930 |
|
---|
| 1931 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_files; i++)
|
---|
| 1932 | {
|
---|
| 1933 | register struct file_entry *entry = &file_table[i];
|
---|
| 1934 | read_file_symbols (entry);
|
---|
| 1935 | }
|
---|
| 1936 |
|
---|
| 1937 | if (trace_files) fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 1938 | }
|
---|
| 1939 |
|
---|
| 1940 | /* If ENTRY is a rel file, read its symbol and string sections into core.
|
---|
| 1941 | If it is a library, search it and load the appropriate members
|
---|
| 1942 | (which means calling this function recursively on those members). */
|
---|
| 1943 |
|
---|
| 1944 | void
|
---|
| 1945 | read_file_symbols (entry)
|
---|
| 1946 | register struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1947 | {
|
---|
| 1948 | register int desc;
|
---|
| 1949 |
|
---|
| 1950 | desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
[2275] | 1951 |
|
---|
[91] | 1952 | if (!entry->file_type)
|
---|
| 1953 | deduce_file_type (desc, entry);
|
---|
[2275] | 1954 |
|
---|
[91] | 1955 | if (entry->file_type == IS_ARCHIVE)
|
---|
| 1956 | {
|
---|
| 1957 | entry->library_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1958 | search_library (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1959 | }
|
---|
| 1960 | else
|
---|
| 1961 | {
|
---|
| 1962 | read_entry_symbols (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1963 | entry->strings = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 1964 | read_entry_strings (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 1965 | enter_file_symbols (entry);
|
---|
| 1966 | FREEA (entry->strings);
|
---|
| 1967 | }
|
---|
| 1968 |
|
---|
| 1969 | file_close ();
|
---|
| 1970 | }
|
---|
| 1971 | |
---|
| 1972 |
|
---|
| 1973 | /* Enter the external symbol defs and refs of ENTRY in the hash table. */
|
---|
| 1974 |
|
---|
| 1975 | void
|
---|
| 1976 | enter_file_symbols (entry)
|
---|
| 1977 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 1978 | {
|
---|
| 1979 | register struct nlist
|
---|
| 1980 | *p,
|
---|
| 1981 | *end = entry->symbols + entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 1982 |
|
---|
| 1983 | if (trace_files) prline_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 1984 |
|
---|
| 1985 | for (p = entry->symbols; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 1986 | {
|
---|
| 1987 | if (p->n_type == (N_SETV | N_EXT)) continue;
|
---|
| 1988 | if (p->n_type == (N_IMP1 | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 1989 | reloc_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 1990 | if (set_element_prefixes
|
---|
| 1991 | && set_element_prefixed_p (p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings))
|
---|
| 1992 | p->n_type += (N_SETA - N_ABS);
|
---|
| 1993 |
|
---|
| 1994 | if (SET_ELEMENT_P (p->n_type))
|
---|
| 1995 | {
|
---|
| 1996 | set_symbol_count++;
|
---|
| 1997 | if (output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 1998 | enter_global_ref (p, p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings, entry);
|
---|
| 1999 | }
|
---|
| 2000 | else if (p->n_type == N_WARNING)
|
---|
| 2001 | {
|
---|
| 2002 | char *name = p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings;
|
---|
| 2003 |
|
---|
| 2004 | /* Grab the next entry. */
|
---|
| 2005 | p++;
|
---|
| 2006 | if (p->n_type != (N_UNDF | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2007 | {
|
---|
| 2008 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: Warning symbol found in %s without external reference following.\n",
|
---|
| 2009 | progname, entry->filename);
|
---|
| 2010 | make_executable = 0;
|
---|
| 2011 | p--; /* Process normally. */
|
---|
[94] | 2012 | }
|
---|
| 2013 | else
|
---|
| 2014 | {
|
---|
| 2015 | symbol *sp;
|
---|
| 2016 | char *sname = p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings;
|
---|
| 2017 | /* Deal with the warning symbol. */
|
---|
| 2018 | enter_global_ref (p, p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings, entry);
|
---|
[1207] | 2019 | sp = getsym (sname);
|
---|
| 2020 | sp->warning = (char *) xmalloc (strlen(name) + 1);
|
---|
| 2021 | strcpy (sp->warning, name);
|
---|
| 2022 | warning_count++;
|
---|
| 2023 | }
|
---|
| 2024 | }
|
---|
| 2025 | else if (WEAK_SYMBOL (p->n_type))
|
---|
| 2026 | {
|
---|
[94] | 2027 | /* Enter the symbol into the symbol hash table only if it
|
---|
[91] | 2028 | has not already been defined */
|
---|
| 2029 | symbol *s = getsym_soft (p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings);
|
---|
| 2030 | if (!s || !s->defined)
|
---|
| 2031 | enter_global_ref (p, p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings, entry);
|
---|
| 2032 | else if (s) /* hack! */
|
---|
| 2033 | p->n_un.n_name = (char*)s;
|
---|
| 2034 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
| 2035 | else fprintf(stderr, "dbg-warning: %s - sym %d: '%s' no such symbol...\n",
|
---|
| 2036 | entry->filename,
|
---|
[1207] | 2037 | p - entry->symbols,
|
---|
| 2038 | p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings);
|
---|
| 2039 | #endif
|
---|
| 2040 | }
|
---|
| 2041 | else if (p->n_type & N_EXT)
|
---|
| 2042 | enter_global_ref (p, p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings, entry);
|
---|
| 2043 | else if (p->n_un.n_strx && !(p->n_type & (N_STAB | N_EXT)))
|
---|
[91] | 2044 | {
|
---|
| 2045 | if ((p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings)[0] != LPREFIX)
|
---|
| 2046 | non_L_local_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2047 | local_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2048 | }
|
---|
| 2049 | else debugger_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2050 | #ifdef DEBUG_BIRD
|
---|
| 2051 | fprintf(stderr, "dbg: %s sym #%3d: un=%08lx typ=%02x\n",
|
---|
| 2052 | entry->filename,
|
---|
| 2053 | p - entry->symbols,
|
---|
| 2054 | p->n_un.n_strx,
|
---|
| 2055 | p->n_type);
|
---|
| 2056 | #endif
|
---|
| 2057 | }
|
---|
| 2058 |
|
---|
| 2059 | /* Count one for the local symbol that we generate,
|
---|
| 2060 | whose name is the file's name (usually) and whose address
|
---|
| 2061 | is the start of the file's text. */
|
---|
| 2062 |
|
---|
| 2063 | local_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2064 | non_L_local_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2065 | }
|
---|
| 2066 |
|
---|
| 2067 | /* Enter one global symbol in the hash table.
|
---|
| 2068 | NLIST_P points to the `struct nlist' read from the file
|
---|
| 2069 | that describes the global symbol. NAME is the symbol's name.
|
---|
| 2070 | ENTRY is the file entry for the file the symbol comes from.
|
---|
| 2071 |
|
---|
[94] | 2072 | The `struct nlist' is modified by placing it on a chain of
|
---|
[91] | 2073 | all such structs that refer to the same global symbol.
|
---|
| 2074 | This chain starts in the `refs' field of the symbol table entry
|
---|
| 2075 | and is chained through the `n_name'. */
|
---|
| 2076 |
|
---|
| 2077 | void
|
---|
| 2078 | enter_global_ref (nlist_p, name, entry)
|
---|
| 2079 | register struct nlist *nlist_p;
|
---|
[94] | 2080 | char *name;
|
---|
| 2081 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
[91] | 2082 | {
|
---|
[94] | 2083 | register symbol *sp = getsym (name);
|
---|
| 2084 | register int type = nlist_p->n_type;
|
---|
| 2085 | const int realtype = type;
|
---|
| 2086 | int oldref = sp->referenced;
|
---|
| 2087 | int olddef = sp->defined;
|
---|
| 2088 |
|
---|
| 2089 | nlist_p->n_un.n_name = (char *) sp->refs;
|
---|
| 2090 | sp->refs = nlist_p;
|
---|
[91] | 2091 |
|
---|
[94] | 2092 | sp->referenced = 1;
|
---|
[91] | 2093 |
|
---|
| 2094 | if (WEAK_SYMBOL (type))
|
---|
| 2095 | {
|
---|
| 2096 | sp->weak = type;
|
---|
| 2097 | /* Switch symbol type so that it can be processed like regular symbols */
|
---|
| 2098 | type = nlist_p->n_type =
|
---|
| 2099 | (type == N_WEAKU) ? N_UNDF | N_EXT :
|
---|
| 2100 | (type == N_WEAKA) ? N_ABS | N_EXT :
|
---|
| 2101 | (type == N_WEAKT) ? N_TEXT | N_EXT :
|
---|
| 2102 | (type == N_WEAKD) ? N_DATA | N_EXT :
|
---|
| 2103 | /*(type == N_WEAKB)*/ N_BSS | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 2104 | }
|
---|
| 2105 |
|
---|
| 2106 | if (type != (N_UNDF | N_EXT) || nlist_p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2107 | {
|
---|
| 2108 | if (!sp->defined || sp->defined == (N_UNDF | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2109 | sp->defined = type;
|
---|
| 2110 |
|
---|
| 2111 | if (oldref && !olddef)
|
---|
| 2112 | /* It used to be undefined and we're defining it. */
|
---|
| 2113 | undefined_global_sym_count--;
|
---|
[94] | 2114 |
|
---|
| 2115 | if (!olddef && type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT) && nlist_p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2116 | {
|
---|
| 2117 | /* First definition and it's common. */
|
---|
| 2118 | common_defined_global_count++;
|
---|
| 2119 | sp->max_common_size = nlist_p->n_value;
|
---|
[91] | 2120 | }
|
---|
| 2121 | else if (olddef && sp->max_common_size && type != (N_UNDF | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2122 | {
|
---|
| 2123 | /* It used to be common and we're defining it as
|
---|
| 2124 | something else. */
|
---|
| 2125 | common_defined_global_count--;
|
---|
| 2126 | sp->max_common_size = 0;
|
---|
| 2127 |
|
---|
| 2128 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: symbol `%s' defined more than once in ",
|
---|
| 2129 | progname, name);
|
---|
| 2130 | print_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 2131 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 2132 | exit (1);
|
---|
| 2133 | }
|
---|
| 2134 | else if (olddef && sp->max_common_size && type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT)
|
---|
| 2135 | && sp->max_common_size < nlist_p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2136 | /* It used to be common and this is a new common entry to
|
---|
| 2137 | which we need to pay attention. */
|
---|
| 2138 | sp->max_common_size = nlist_p->n_value;
|
---|
| 2139 |
|
---|
| 2140 | /* Are we defining it as a set element? */
|
---|
| 2141 | if (SET_ELEMENT_P (type)
|
---|
| 2142 | && (!olddef || (olddef && sp->max_common_size)))
|
---|
| 2143 | set_vector_count++;
|
---|
| 2144 | /* As an indirection? */
|
---|
| 2145 | else if (type == (N_INDR | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2146 | {
|
---|
| 2147 | /* Indirect symbols value should be modified to point
|
---|
| 2148 | a symbol being equivalenced to. */
|
---|
| 2149 | nlist_p->n_value
|
---|
| 2150 | = (unsigned int) getsym ((nlist_p + 1)->n_un.n_strx
|
---|
| 2151 | + entry->strings);
|
---|
| 2152 | if ((symbol *) nlist_p->n_value == sp)
|
---|
| 2153 | {
|
---|
| 2154 | /* Somebody redefined a symbol to be itself. */
|
---|
| 2155 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: Symbol %s indirected to itself.\n",
|
---|
| 2156 | entry->filename, name);
|
---|
| 2157 | /* Rewrite this symbol as being a global text symbol
|
---|
| 2158 | with value 0. */
|
---|
| 2159 | nlist_p->n_type = sp->defined = N_TEXT | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 2160 | nlist_p->n_value = 0;
|
---|
| 2161 | /* Don't make the output executable. */
|
---|
[1207] | 2162 | make_executable = 0;
|
---|
| 2163 | }
|
---|
| 2164 | else
|
---|
[91] | 2165 | global_indirect_count++;
|
---|
| 2166 | }
|
---|
| 2167 | }
|
---|
[2275] | 2168 | else
|
---|
[94] | 2169 | if (!oldref)
|
---|
[91] | 2170 | undefined_global_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2171 |
|
---|
| 2172 | if (sp == end_symbol && entry->just_syms_flag && !T_flag_specified)
|
---|
| 2173 | text_start = nlist_p->n_value;
|
---|
| 2174 |
|
---|
| 2175 | #ifdef DEBUG_BIRD
|
---|
| 2176 | sp->trace = 1;
|
---|
| 2177 | #endif
|
---|
| 2178 | if (sp->trace)
|
---|
| 2179 | {
|
---|
| 2180 | register char *reftype;
|
---|
| 2181 | int free_reftype = 0;
|
---|
| 2182 | switch (realtype & ~N_EXT)
|
---|
| 2183 | {
|
---|
| 2184 | case N_UNDF:
|
---|
| 2185 | if (nlist_p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2186 | reftype = "defined as common";
|
---|
| 2187 | else reftype = "referenced";
|
---|
| 2188 | break;
|
---|
| 2189 |
|
---|
| 2190 | case N_ABS:
|
---|
| 2191 | reftype = "defined as absolute";
|
---|
| 2192 | break;
|
---|
| 2193 |
|
---|
| 2194 | case N_TEXT:
|
---|
| 2195 | reftype = "defined in text section";
|
---|
| 2196 | break;
|
---|
| 2197 |
|
---|
| 2198 | case N_DATA:
|
---|
| 2199 | reftype = "defined in data section";
|
---|
| 2200 | break;
|
---|
| 2201 |
|
---|
| 2202 | case N_BSS:
|
---|
| 2203 | reftype = "defined in BSS section";
|
---|
| 2204 | break;
|
---|
| 2205 |
|
---|
| 2206 | case N_SETT:
|
---|
| 2207 | reftype = "is a text set element";
|
---|
| 2208 | break;
|
---|
| 2209 |
|
---|
| 2210 | case N_SETD:
|
---|
| 2211 | reftype = "is a data set element";
|
---|
| 2212 | break;
|
---|
| 2213 |
|
---|
[2275] | 2214 | case N_SETB:
|
---|
[91] | 2215 | reftype = "is a BSS set element";
|
---|
| 2216 | break;
|
---|
[2275] | 2217 |
|
---|
[91] | 2218 | case N_SETA:
|
---|
| 2219 | reftype = "is an absolute set element";
|
---|
| 2220 | break;
|
---|
| 2221 |
|
---|
| 2222 | case N_SETV:
|
---|
[236] | 2223 | reftype = "defined in data section as vector";
|
---|
[91] | 2224 | break;
|
---|
| 2225 |
|
---|
| 2226 | case N_INDR:
|
---|
[236] | 2227 | reftype = (char *) ALLOCA (23 + strlen (((symbol *) nlist_p->n_value)->name));
|
---|
[94] | 2228 | sprintf (reftype, "defined equivalent to %s",
|
---|
| 2229 | ((symbol *) nlist_p->n_value)->name);
|
---|
| 2230 | free_reftype = 1;
|
---|
[236] | 2231 | break;
|
---|
[94] | 2232 |
|
---|
| 2233 | case N_IMP1:
|
---|
| 2234 | reftype = "imported";
|
---|
[91] | 2235 | break;
|
---|
| 2236 |
|
---|
| 2237 | case N_WEAKU & ~N_EXT:
|
---|
| 2238 | reftype = "weak";
|
---|
| 2239 | break;
|
---|
| 2240 |
|
---|
[1207] | 2241 | case N_WEAKT & ~N_EXT:
|
---|
| 2242 | reftype = "weak text";
|
---|
[91] | 2243 | break;
|
---|
[1207] | 2244 |
|
---|
| 2245 | case N_WEAKD & ~N_EXT:
|
---|
[2275] | 2246 | reftype = "weak data";
|
---|
| 2247 | break;
|
---|
[91] | 2248 |
|
---|
| 2249 | default:
|
---|
| 2250 | reftype = "I don't know this type";
|
---|
| 2251 | break;
|
---|
| 2252 | }
|
---|
| 2253 |
|
---|
| 2254 |
|
---|
| 2255 | fprintf (stderr, "symbol in ");
|
---|
| 2256 | print_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 2257 | fprintf (stderr, ": %3d %s %s\n",
|
---|
| 2258 | nlist_p - entry->symbols, sp->name, reftype);
|
---|
| 2259 | if (free_reftype)
|
---|
| 2260 | FREEA (reftype);
|
---|
| 2261 | }
|
---|
| 2262 | }
|
---|
| 2263 |
|
---|
| 2264 | /* This return 0 if the given file entry's symbol table does *not*
|
---|
| 2265 | contain the nlist point entry, and it returns the files entry
|
---|
| 2266 | pointer (cast to unsigned long) if it does. */
|
---|
| 2267 |
|
---|
| 2268 | unsigned long
|
---|
| 2269 | contains_symbol (entry, n_ptr)
|
---|
[942] | 2270 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2271 | register struct nlist *n_ptr;
|
---|
| 2272 | {
|
---|
[91] | 2273 | if (n_ptr >= entry->symbols &&
|
---|
| 2274 | n_ptr < (entry->symbols
|
---|
| 2275 | + (entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist))))
|
---|
| 2276 | return (unsigned long) entry;
|
---|
| 2277 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2278 | }
|
---|
| 2279 |
|
---|
| 2280 | |
---|
| 2281 |
|
---|
| 2282 | /* Searching libraries */
|
---|
| 2283 |
|
---|
| 2284 | struct file_entry * decode_library_subfile (int desc, struct file_entry *library_entry, int subfile_offset, int *length_loc);
|
---|
| 2285 | void symdef_library (int desc, struct file_entry *entry, int member_length);
|
---|
| 2286 | void linear_library (int desc, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 2287 |
|
---|
| 2288 | /* Search the library ENTRY, already open on descriptor DESC.
|
---|
| 2289 | This means deciding which library members to load,
|
---|
| 2290 | making a chain of `struct file_entry' for those members,
|
---|
| 2291 | and entering their global symbols in the hash table. */
|
---|
| 2292 |
|
---|
| 2293 | void
|
---|
| 2294 | search_library (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 2295 | int desc;
|
---|
| 2296 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2297 | {
|
---|
| 2298 | int member_length;
|
---|
| 2299 | register char *name;
|
---|
| 2300 | register struct file_entry *subentry;
|
---|
| 2301 |
|
---|
| 2302 | if (!undefined_global_sym_count) return;
|
---|
| 2303 |
|
---|
| 2304 | /* Examine its first member, which starts SARMAG bytes in. */
|
---|
| 2305 | subentry = decode_library_subfile (desc, entry, SARMAG, &member_length);
|
---|
| 2306 | if (!subentry) return;
|
---|
| 2307 |
|
---|
| 2308 | name = subentry->filename;
|
---|
| 2309 | free (subentry);
|
---|
| 2310 |
|
---|
| 2311 | /* Search via __.SYMDEF if that exists, else linearly. */
|
---|
| 2312 |
|
---|
| 2313 | if (!strcmp (name, "__.SYMDEF"))
|
---|
| 2314 | symdef_library (desc, entry, member_length);
|
---|
| 2315 | else
|
---|
| 2316 | linear_library (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 2317 | }
|
---|
| 2318 |
|
---|
| 2319 | /* Construct and return a file_entry for a library member.
|
---|
| 2320 | The library's file_entry is library_entry, and the library is open on DESC.
|
---|
| 2321 | SUBFILE_OFFSET is the byte index in the library of this member's header.
|
---|
| 2322 | We store the length of the member into *LENGTH_LOC. */
|
---|
| 2323 |
|
---|
| 2324 | struct file_entry *
|
---|
| 2325 | decode_library_subfile (desc, library_entry, subfile_offset, length_loc)
|
---|
| 2326 | int desc;
|
---|
| 2327 | struct file_entry *library_entry;
|
---|
| 2328 | int subfile_offset;
|
---|
| 2329 | int *length_loc;
|
---|
| 2330 | {
|
---|
| 2331 | int bytes_read;
|
---|
| 2332 | register int namelen;
|
---|
| 2333 | int member_length;
|
---|
| 2334 | register char *name;
|
---|
| 2335 | struct ar_hdr hdr1;
|
---|
| 2336 | register struct file_entry *subentry;
|
---|
| 2337 |
|
---|
| 2338 | lseek (desc, subfile_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 2339 |
|
---|
| 2340 | bytes_read = read (desc, &hdr1, sizeof hdr1);
|
---|
| 2341 | if (!bytes_read)
|
---|
| 2342 | return 0; /* end of archive */
|
---|
| 2343 |
|
---|
| 2344 | if (sizeof hdr1 != bytes_read)
|
---|
| 2345 | fatal_with_file ("malformed library archive ", library_entry);
|
---|
| 2346 |
|
---|
| 2347 | if (sscanf (hdr1.ar_size, "%d", &member_length) != 1)
|
---|
| 2348 | fatal_with_file ("malformatted header of archive member in ", library_entry);
|
---|
| 2349 |
|
---|
| 2350 | subentry = (struct file_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct file_entry));
|
---|
| 2351 | bzero (subentry, sizeof (struct file_entry));
|
---|
| 2352 |
|
---|
| 2353 | for (namelen = 0;
|
---|
| 2354 | namelen < sizeof hdr1.ar_name
|
---|
| 2355 | && hdr1.ar_name[namelen] != 0 && hdr1.ar_name[namelen] != ' '
|
---|
| 2356 | && hdr1.ar_name[namelen] != '/';
|
---|
| 2357 | namelen++);
|
---|
| 2358 |
|
---|
| 2359 | name = (char *) xmalloc (namelen+1);
|
---|
| 2360 | strncpy (name, hdr1.ar_name, namelen);
|
---|
| 2361 | name[namelen] = 0;
|
---|
| 2362 |
|
---|
| 2363 | subentry->filename = name;
|
---|
| 2364 | subentry->local_sym_name = name;
|
---|
| 2365 | subentry->symbols = 0;
|
---|
| 2366 | subentry->strings = 0;
|
---|
[942] | 2367 | subentry->subfiles = 0;
|
---|
[91] | 2368 | subentry->starting_offset = subfile_offset + sizeof hdr1;
|
---|
| 2369 | subentry->superfile = library_entry;
|
---|
| 2370 | subentry->library_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 2371 | subentry->header_read_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 2372 | subentry->just_syms_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 2373 | subentry->chain = 0;
|
---|
| 2374 | subentry->total_size = member_length;
|
---|
| 2375 |
|
---|
| 2376 | (*length_loc) = member_length;
|
---|
| 2377 |
|
---|
| 2378 | return subentry;
|
---|
| 2379 | }
|
---|
| 2380 | |
---|
| 2381 |
|
---|
| 2382 | int subfile_wanted_p (struct file_entry *);
|
---|
| 2383 |
|
---|
| 2384 | /* Search a library that has a __.SYMDEF member.
|
---|
| 2385 | DESC is a descriptor on which the library is open.
|
---|
| 2386 | The file pointer is assumed to point at the __.SYMDEF data.
|
---|
| 2387 | ENTRY is the library's file_entry.
|
---|
| 2388 | MEMBER_LENGTH is the length of the __.SYMDEF data. */
|
---|
| 2389 |
|
---|
| 2390 | void
|
---|
| 2391 | symdef_library (desc, entry, member_length)
|
---|
| 2392 | int desc;
|
---|
| 2393 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2394 | int member_length;
|
---|
| 2395 | {
|
---|
| 2396 | int *symdef_data = (int *) xmalloc (member_length);
|
---|
| 2397 | register struct symdef *symdef_base;
|
---|
| 2398 | char *sym_name_base;
|
---|
| 2399 | int number_of_symdefs;
|
---|
| 2400 | int length_of_strings;
|
---|
| 2401 | int not_finished;
|
---|
| 2402 | int bytes_read;
|
---|
| 2403 | register int i;
|
---|
| 2404 | struct file_entry *prev = 0;
|
---|
| 2405 | int prev_offset = 0;
|
---|
| 2406 |
|
---|
| 2407 | bytes_read = read (desc, symdef_data, member_length);
|
---|
| 2408 | if (bytes_read != member_length)
|
---|
| 2409 | fatal_with_file ("malformatted __.SYMDEF in ", entry);
|
---|
| 2410 |
|
---|
| 2411 | number_of_symdefs = *symdef_data / sizeof (struct symdef);
|
---|
| 2412 | if (number_of_symdefs < 0 ||
|
---|
| 2413 | number_of_symdefs * sizeof (struct symdef) + 2 * sizeof (int) > member_length)
|
---|
| 2414 | fatal_with_file ("malformatted __.SYMDEF in ", entry);
|
---|
| 2415 |
|
---|
| 2416 | symdef_base = (struct symdef *) (symdef_data + 1);
|
---|
| 2417 | length_of_strings = *(int *) (symdef_base + number_of_symdefs);
|
---|
| 2418 |
|
---|
| 2419 | if (length_of_strings < 0
|
---|
| 2420 | || number_of_symdefs * sizeof (struct symdef) + length_of_strings
|
---|
| 2421 | + 2 * sizeof (int) != member_length)
|
---|
| 2422 | fatal_with_file ("malformatted __.SYMDEF in ", entry);
|
---|
| 2423 |
|
---|
| 2424 | sym_name_base = sizeof (int) + (char *) (symdef_base + number_of_symdefs);
|
---|
| 2425 |
|
---|
| 2426 | /* Check all the string indexes for validity. */
|
---|
| 2427 |
|
---|
| 2428 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_symdefs; i++)
|
---|
| 2429 | {
|
---|
| 2430 | register int index = symdef_base[i].symbol_name_string_index;
|
---|
| 2431 | if (index < 0 || index >= length_of_strings
|
---|
| 2432 | || (index && *(sym_name_base + index - 1)))
|
---|
| 2433 | fatal_with_file ("malformatted __.SYMDEF in ", entry);
|
---|
| 2434 | }
|
---|
| 2435 |
|
---|
| 2436 | /* Search the symdef data for members to load.
|
---|
| 2437 | Do this until one whole pass finds nothing to load. */
|
---|
| 2438 |
|
---|
| 2439 | not_finished = 1;
|
---|
| 2440 | while (not_finished)
|
---|
| 2441 | {
|
---|
| 2442 | not_finished = 0;
|
---|
| 2443 |
|
---|
| 2444 | /* Scan all the symbols mentioned in the symdef for ones that we need.
|
---|
| 2445 | Load the library members that contain such symbols. */
|
---|
| 2446 |
|
---|
| 2447 | for (i = 0;
|
---|
| 2448 | (i < number_of_symdefs
|
---|
| 2449 | && (undefined_global_sym_count || common_defined_global_count));
|
---|
| 2450 | i++)
|
---|
| 2451 | if (symdef_base[i].symbol_name_string_index >= 0)
|
---|
| 2452 | {
|
---|
| 2453 | register symbol *sp;
|
---|
| 2454 |
|
---|
| 2455 | sp = getsym_soft (sym_name_base
|
---|
| 2456 | + symdef_base[i].symbol_name_string_index);
|
---|
| 2457 |
|
---|
| 2458 | /* If we find a symbol that appears to be needed, think carefully
|
---|
| 2459 | about the archive member that the symbol is in. */
|
---|
| 2460 |
|
---|
| 2461 | if (sp && ((sp->referenced && !sp->defined)
|
---|
| 2462 | || (sp->defined && sp->max_common_size))
|
---|
| 2463 | )
|
---|
| 2464 | {
|
---|
| 2465 | int junk;
|
---|
| 2466 | register int j;
|
---|
| 2467 | register int offset = symdef_base[i].library_member_offset;
|
---|
| 2468 | struct file_entry *subentry;
|
---|
| 2469 |
|
---|
| 2470 | /* Don't think carefully about any archive member
|
---|
[2673] | 2471 | more than once in a given pass. */
|
---|
[91] | 2472 |
|
---|
| 2473 | if (prev_offset == offset)
|
---|
| 2474 | continue;
|
---|
| 2475 | prev_offset = offset;
|
---|
| 2476 |
|
---|
| 2477 | /* Read the symbol table of the archive member. */
|
---|
| 2478 |
|
---|
| 2479 | subentry = decode_library_subfile (desc, entry, offset, &junk);
|
---|
| 2480 | if (subentry == 0)
|
---|
| 2481 | fatal ("invalid offset for %s in symbol table of %s",
|
---|
| 2482 | sym_name_base
|
---|
| 2483 | + symdef_base[i].symbol_name_string_index,
|
---|
| 2484 | entry->filename);
|
---|
| 2485 | read_entry_symbols (desc, subentry);
|
---|
| 2486 | subentry->strings = (char *) xmalloc (subentry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 2487 | read_entry_strings (desc, subentry);
|
---|
| 2488 |
|
---|
| 2489 | /* Now scan the symbol table and decide whether to load. */
|
---|
| 2490 |
|
---|
| 2491 | if (!subfile_wanted_p (subentry))
|
---|
| 2492 | {
|
---|
| 2493 | free (subentry->symbols);
|
---|
| 2494 | free (subentry->strings);
|
---|
| 2495 | free (subentry);
|
---|
| 2496 | }
|
---|
| 2497 | else
|
---|
| 2498 | {
|
---|
| 2499 | /* This member is needed; load it.
|
---|
| 2500 | Since we are loading something on this pass,
|
---|
| 2501 | we must make another pass through the symdef data. */
|
---|
| 2502 |
|
---|
| 2503 | not_finished = 1;
|
---|
| 2504 |
|
---|
| 2505 | enter_file_symbols (subentry);
|
---|
| 2506 |
|
---|
| 2507 | if (prev)
|
---|
| 2508 | prev->chain = subentry;
|
---|
| 2509 | else entry->subfiles = subentry;
|
---|
| 2510 | prev = subentry;
|
---|
| 2511 |
|
---|
| 2512 | /* Clear out this member's symbols from the symdef data
|
---|
| 2513 | so that following passes won't waste time on them. */
|
---|
| 2514 |
|
---|
| 2515 | for (j = 0; j < number_of_symdefs; j++)
|
---|
| 2516 | {
|
---|
| 2517 | if (symdef_base[j].library_member_offset == offset)
|
---|
| 2518 | symdef_base[j].symbol_name_string_index = -1;
|
---|
| 2519 | }
|
---|
[123] | 2520 |
|
---|
| 2521 | /* We'll read the strings again if we need them again. */
|
---|
[91] | 2522 | free (subentry->strings);
|
---|
| 2523 | subentry->strings = 0;
|
---|
| 2524 | }
|
---|
| 2525 | }
|
---|
| 2526 | }
|
---|
[2275] | 2527 | }
|
---|
[91] | 2528 |
|
---|
| 2529 | free (symdef_data);
|
---|
| 2530 | }
|
---|
| 2531 | |
---|
[2275] | 2532 |
|
---|
[91] | 2533 |
|
---|
| 2534 | /* Handle a subentry for a file with no __.SYMDEF. */
|
---|
| 2535 |
|
---|
| 2536 | void
|
---|
| 2537 | process_subentry (desc, subentry, entry, prev_addr)
|
---|
| 2538 | int desc;
|
---|
| 2539 | register struct file_entry *subentry;
|
---|
| 2540 | struct file_entry **prev_addr, *entry;
|
---|
| 2541 | {
|
---|
| 2542 | read_entry_symbols (desc, subentry);
|
---|
| 2543 | subentry->strings = (char *) ALLOCA (subentry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 2544 | read_entry_strings (desc, subentry);
|
---|
[2275] | 2545 |
|
---|
[91] | 2546 | if (!subfile_wanted_p (subentry))
|
---|
| 2547 | {
|
---|
| 2548 | FREEA (subentry->strings);
|
---|
| 2549 | free (subentry->symbols);
|
---|
| 2550 | free (subentry);
|
---|
| 2551 | }
|
---|
| 2552 | else
|
---|
| 2553 | {
|
---|
| 2554 | enter_file_symbols (subentry);
|
---|
| 2555 |
|
---|
| 2556 | if (*prev_addr)
|
---|
| 2557 | (*prev_addr)->chain = subentry;
|
---|
| 2558 | else
|
---|
| 2559 | entry->subfiles = subentry;
|
---|
| 2560 | *prev_addr = subentry;
|
---|
| 2561 | FREEA (subentry->strings);
|
---|
| 2562 | }
|
---|
| 2563 | }
|
---|
| 2564 |
|
---|
| 2565 | /* Search a library that has no __.SYMDEF.
|
---|
| 2566 | ENTRY is the library's file_entry.
|
---|
| 2567 | DESC is the descriptor it is open on. */
|
---|
| 2568 |
|
---|
| 2569 | void
|
---|
| 2570 | linear_library (desc, entry)
|
---|
| 2571 | int desc;
|
---|
| 2572 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2573 | {
|
---|
| 2574 | struct file_entry *prev = 0;
|
---|
| 2575 | register int this_subfile_offset = SARMAG;
|
---|
| 2576 |
|
---|
| 2577 | while (undefined_global_sym_count || common_defined_global_count)
|
---|
| 2578 | {
|
---|
| 2579 | int member_length;
|
---|
| 2580 | register struct file_entry *subentry;
|
---|
| 2581 |
|
---|
| 2582 | subentry = decode_library_subfile (desc, entry, this_subfile_offset,
|
---|
| 2583 | &member_length);
|
---|
| 2584 | if (!subentry) return;
|
---|
| 2585 |
|
---|
| 2586 | process_subentry (desc, subentry, entry, &prev);
|
---|
| 2587 | this_subfile_offset += member_length + sizeof (struct ar_hdr);
|
---|
| 2588 | if (this_subfile_offset & 1) this_subfile_offset++;
|
---|
| 2589 | }
|
---|
| 2590 | }
|
---|
| 2591 | |
---|
| 2592 |
|
---|
| 2593 | /* ENTRY is an entry for a library member.
|
---|
| 2594 | Its symbols have been read into core, but not entered.
|
---|
[236] | 2595 | Return nonzero if we ought to load this member. */
|
---|
| 2596 |
|
---|
[696] | 2597 | int
|
---|
[91] | 2598 | subfile_wanted_p (entry)
|
---|
| 2599 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2600 | {
|
---|
| 2601 | register struct nlist *p;
|
---|
| 2602 | register struct nlist *end
|
---|
| 2603 | = entry->symbols + entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 2604 |
|
---|
| 2605 | for (p = entry->symbols; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 2606 | {
|
---|
| 2607 | register int type = p->n_type;
|
---|
| 2608 | register char *name = p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings;
|
---|
| 2609 |
|
---|
| 2610 | /* If the symbol has an interesting definition, we could
|
---|
[236] | 2611 | potentially want it. */
|
---|
[91] | 2612 | if (((type & N_EXT) || WEAK_SYMBOL (type))
|
---|
| 2613 | && (type != (N_UNDF | N_EXT) || p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2614 | && (type != (N_WEAKU | N_EXT) || p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2615 | && !SET_ELEMENT_P (type)
|
---|
| 2616 | && !set_element_prefixed_p (name))
|
---|
| 2617 | {
|
---|
| 2618 | register symbol *sp = getsym_soft (name);
|
---|
| 2619 |
|
---|
| 2620 | /* If this symbol has not been hashed, we can't be looking for it. */
|
---|
| 2621 |
|
---|
| 2622 | if (!sp) continue;
|
---|
| 2623 |
|
---|
| 2624 | if ((sp->referenced && !sp->defined)
|
---|
| 2625 | /* NB. This needs to be changed so that, e.g., "int pipe;" won't import
|
---|
| 2626 | pipe() from the library. But the bug fix kingdon made was wrong. */
|
---|
| 2627 | || (sp->defined && sp->max_common_size
|
---|
| 2628 | && type != (N_INDR | N_EXT)))
|
---|
| 2629 | {
|
---|
| 2630 | /* This is a symbol we are looking for. It is either
|
---|
| 2631 | not yet defined or defined as a common. */
|
---|
| 2632 | if (type == (N_UNDF | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2633 | {
|
---|
| 2634 | /* Symbol being defined as common.
|
---|
| 2635 | Remember this, but don't load subfile just for this. */
|
---|
| 2636 |
|
---|
| 2637 | /* If it didn't used to be common, up the count of
|
---|
| 2638 | common symbols. */
|
---|
| 2639 | if (!sp->max_common_size)
|
---|
| 2640 | common_defined_global_count++;
|
---|
| 2641 |
|
---|
| 2642 | if (sp->max_common_size < p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2643 | sp->max_common_size = p->n_value;
|
---|
| 2644 | if (!sp->defined)
|
---|
| 2645 | undefined_global_sym_count--;
|
---|
| 2646 | sp->defined = 1;
|
---|
| 2647 | continue;
|
---|
| 2648 | }
|
---|
| 2649 |
|
---|
| 2650 | if (write_map)
|
---|
| 2651 | {
|
---|
| 2652 | print_file_name (entry, stdout);
|
---|
| 2653 | fprintf (stdout, " needed due to %s\n", sp->name);
|
---|
| 2654 | }
|
---|
| 2655 | return 1;
|
---|
[942] | 2656 | }
|
---|
[91] | 2657 | }
|
---|
| 2658 | }
|
---|
[259] | 2659 |
|
---|
[91] | 2660 | return 0;
|
---|
| 2661 | }
|
---|
| 2662 | |
---|
| 2663 |
|
---|
| 2664 | void consider_file_section_lengths (), relocate_file_addresses ();
|
---|
| 2665 |
|
---|
| 2666 | /* Having entered all the global symbols and found the sizes of sections
|
---|
| 2667 | of all files to be linked, make all appropriate deductions from this data.
|
---|
| 2668 |
|
---|
| 2669 | We propagate global symbol values from definitions to references.
|
---|
| 2670 | We compute the layout of the output file and where each input file's
|
---|
| 2671 | contents fit into it. */
|
---|
| 2672 |
|
---|
| 2673 | void
|
---|
| 2674 | digest_symbols (void)
|
---|
| 2675 | {
|
---|
| 2676 | register int i;
|
---|
| 2677 | int setv_fill_count = 0;
|
---|
| 2678 |
|
---|
| 2679 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 2680 | fprintf (stderr, "Digesting symbol information:\n\n");
|
---|
| 2681 |
|
---|
| 2682 | /* Initialize the text_start address; this depends on the output file formats. */
|
---|
| 2683 |
|
---|
| 2684 | initialize_text_start ();
|
---|
| 2685 |
|
---|
| 2686 | text_size = text_header_size;
|
---|
| 2687 |
|
---|
| 2688 | /* Compute total size of sections */
|
---|
| 2689 |
|
---|
| 2690 | each_file (consider_file_section_lengths, 0);
|
---|
| 2691 |
|
---|
| 2692 | /* If necessary, pad text section to full page in the file.
|
---|
| 2693 | Include the padding in the text segment size. */
|
---|
| 2694 |
|
---|
| 2695 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT || output_style == OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED)
|
---|
| 2696 | {
|
---|
| 2697 | text_pad = ((text_size + page_size - 1) & (- page_size)) - text_size;
|
---|
| 2698 | text_size += text_pad;
|
---|
| 2699 | }
|
---|
| 2700 |
|
---|
| 2701 | /* Now that the text_size is known, initialize the data start address;
|
---|
| 2702 | this depends on text_size as well as the output file format. */
|
---|
| 2703 |
|
---|
| 2704 | initialize_data_start ();
|
---|
| 2705 |
|
---|
| 2706 | /* Make sure the set vectors are aligned properly. */
|
---|
| 2707 | {
|
---|
| 2708 | int new_data_size = ((data_size + sizeof(unsigned long) - 1)
|
---|
| 2709 | & ~(sizeof(unsigned long)-1));
|
---|
| 2710 |
|
---|
| 2711 | set_sect_pad += new_data_size - data_size;
|
---|
| 2712 | data_size = new_data_size;
|
---|
| 2713 | }
|
---|
| 2714 |
|
---|
| 2715 | /* Set up the set element vector */
|
---|
| 2716 |
|
---|
[94] | 2717 | if (output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
[91] | 2718 | {
|
---|
| 2719 | /* The set sector size is the number of set elements + a word
|
---|
| 2720 | for each symbol for the length word at the beginning of the
|
---|
| 2721 | vector, plus a word for each symbol for a zero at the end of
|
---|
| 2722 | the vector (for incremental linking). */
|
---|
| 2723 | set_sect_size
|
---|
| 2724 | = (set_symbol_count + 2 * set_vector_count) * sizeof (unsigned long);
|
---|
| 2725 | set_sect_start = data_start + data_size;
|
---|
| 2726 | data_size += set_sect_size;
|
---|
| 2727 | set_vectors = (unsigned long *) xmalloc (set_sect_size);
|
---|
| 2728 | set_reloc = (int *) xmalloc (set_sect_size / sizeof (unsigned long)
|
---|
| 2729 | * sizeof (int));
|
---|
| 2730 | setv_fill_count = 0;
|
---|
| 2731 | }
|
---|
| 2732 |
|
---|
| 2733 | /* Make sure bss starts out aligned as much as anyone can want. */
|
---|
| 2734 | {
|
---|
| 2735 | int new_data_size = (data_size + SECTION_ALIGN_MASK) & ~SECTION_ALIGN_MASK;
|
---|
| 2736 |
|
---|
| 2737 | data_pad += new_data_size - data_size;
|
---|
| 2738 | data_size = new_data_size;
|
---|
| 2739 | }
|
---|
| 2740 |
|
---|
| 2741 | /* Compute start addresses of each file's sections and symbols. */
|
---|
| 2742 |
|
---|
| 2743 | each_full_file (relocate_file_addresses, 0);
|
---|
| 2744 |
|
---|
| 2745 | /* Now, for each symbol, verify that it is defined globally at most once.
|
---|
| 2746 | Put the global value into the symbol entry.
|
---|
| 2747 | Common symbols are allocated here, in the BSS section.
|
---|
| 2748 | Each defined symbol is given a '->defined' field
|
---|
| 2749 | which is the correct N_ code for its definition,
|
---|
| 2750 | except in the case of common symbols with -r.
|
---|
| 2751 | Then make all the references point at the symbol entry
|
---|
| 2752 | instead of being chained together. */
|
---|
| 2753 |
|
---|
| 2754 | defined_global_sym_count = 0;
|
---|
| 2755 |
|
---|
| 2756 | for (i = 0; i < TABSIZE; i++)
|
---|
| 2757 | {
|
---|
| 2758 | register symbol *sp;
|
---|
| 2759 | for (sp = symtab[i]; sp; sp = sp->link)
|
---|
| 2760 | {
|
---|
| 2761 | /* For each symbol */
|
---|
| 2762 | register struct nlist *p, *next;
|
---|
| 2763 | int defs = 0, com = sp->max_common_size;
|
---|
| 2764 | struct nlist *first_definition;
|
---|
| 2765 | for (p = sp->refs; p; p = next)
|
---|
| 2766 | {
|
---|
| 2767 | register int type = p->n_type;
|
---|
| 2768 |
|
---|
| 2769 | if (SET_ELEMENT_P (type))
|
---|
| 2770 | {
|
---|
| 2771 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 2772 | fatal ("internal: global ref to set element with -r");
|
---|
[94] | 2773 | if (!defs++)
|
---|
[91] | 2774 | {
|
---|
| 2775 | sp->value = set_sect_start
|
---|
| 2776 | + setv_fill_count++ * sizeof (unsigned long);
|
---|
| 2777 | sp->defined = N_SETV | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 2778 | first_definition = p;
|
---|
| 2779 | }
|
---|
| 2780 | else if ((sp->defined & ~N_EXT) != N_SETV)
|
---|
| 2781 | {
|
---|
| 2782 | sp->multiply_defined = 1;
|
---|
| 2783 | multiple_def_count++;
|
---|
| 2784 | }
|
---|
| 2785 | set_reloc[setv_fill_count] = TYPE_OF_SET_ELEMENT (type);
|
---|
| 2786 | if ((type & ~N_EXT) != N_SETA)
|
---|
| 2787 | data_reloc_size += sizeof (struct relocation_info);
|
---|
| 2788 | set_vectors[setv_fill_count++] = p->n_value;
|
---|
| 2789 | }
|
---|
| 2790 | else if ((type & N_EXT) && type != (N_UNDF | N_EXT)
|
---|
| 2791 | && type != (N_IMP1 | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 2792 | {
|
---|
| 2793 | /* non-common definition */
|
---|
| 2794 | if (defs++ && sp->value != p->n_value)
|
---|
| 2795 | {
|
---|
| 2796 | sp->multiply_defined = 1;
|
---|
| 2797 | multiple_def_count++;
|
---|
| 2798 | }
|
---|
| 2799 | sp->value = p->n_value;
|
---|
| 2800 | sp->defined = type;
|
---|
| 2801 | first_definition = p;
|
---|
| 2802 | }
|
---|
| 2803 | next = (struct nlist *) p->n_un.n_name;
|
---|
| 2804 | p->n_un.n_name = (char *) sp;
|
---|
| 2805 | }
|
---|
| 2806 | /* Allocate as common if defined as common and not defined for real */
|
---|
| 2807 | if (com && !defs)
|
---|
| 2808 | {
|
---|
| 2809 | if (output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE || force_common_definition)
|
---|
| 2810 | {
|
---|
| 2811 | int align = sizeof (int);
|
---|
| 2812 |
|
---|
| 2813 | /* Round up to nearest sizeof (int). I don't know
|
---|
| 2814 | whether this is necessary or not (given that
|
---|
| 2815 | alignment is taken care of later), but it's
|
---|
| 2816 | traditional, so I'll leave it in. Note that if
|
---|
| 2817 | this size alignment is ever removed, ALIGN above
|
---|
[94] | 2818 | will have to be initialized to 1 instead of
|
---|
[91] | 2819 | sizeof (int). */
|
---|
| 2820 |
|
---|
| 2821 | com = (com + sizeof (int) - 1) & (- sizeof (int));
|
---|
| 2822 |
|
---|
| 2823 | while (!(com & align))
|
---|
| 2824 | align <<= 1;
|
---|
| 2825 |
|
---|
| 2826 | align = align > MAX_ALIGNMENT ? MAX_ALIGNMENT : align;
|
---|
| 2827 |
|
---|
| 2828 | bss_size = ((((bss_size + data_size + data_start)
|
---|
| 2829 | + (align - 1)) & (- align))
|
---|
| 2830 | - data_size - data_start);
|
---|
| 2831 |
|
---|
| 2832 | sp->value = data_start + data_size + bss_size;
|
---|
| 2833 | sp->defined = N_BSS | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 2834 | bss_size += com;
|
---|
| 2835 | if (write_map)
|
---|
| 2836 | printf ("Allocating common %s: %x at %lx\n",
|
---|
| 2837 | sp->name, com, sp->value);
|
---|
| 2838 | }
|
---|
| 2839 | else
|
---|
| 2840 | {
|
---|
| 2841 | sp->defined = 0;
|
---|
| 2842 | undefined_global_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2843 | }
|
---|
| 2844 | }
|
---|
| 2845 | /* Set length word at front of vector and zero byte at end.
|
---|
| 2846 | Reverse the vector itself to put it in file order. */
|
---|
| 2847 | if ((sp->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_SETV)
|
---|
[236] | 2848 | {
|
---|
[91] | 2849 | unsigned long length_word_index
|
---|
| 2850 | = (sp->value - set_sect_start) / sizeof (unsigned long);
|
---|
| 2851 | unsigned long i, tmp;
|
---|
| 2852 |
|
---|
| 2853 | set_reloc[length_word_index] = N_ABS;
|
---|
| 2854 | set_vectors[length_word_index]
|
---|
| 2855 | = setv_fill_count - 1 - length_word_index;
|
---|
| 2856 |
|
---|
| 2857 | /* Reverse the vector. */
|
---|
[94] | 2858 | for (i = 1;
|
---|
| 2859 | i < (setv_fill_count - length_word_index - 1) / 2 + 1;
|
---|
| 2860 | i++)
|
---|
| 2861 | {
|
---|
| 2862 | tmp = set_reloc[length_word_index + i];
|
---|
| 2863 | set_reloc[length_word_index + i]
|
---|
[91] | 2864 | = set_reloc[setv_fill_count - i];
|
---|
| 2865 | set_reloc[setv_fill_count - i] = (int)tmp;
|
---|
| 2866 |
|
---|
| 2867 | tmp = set_vectors[length_word_index + i];
|
---|
| 2868 | set_vectors[length_word_index + i]
|
---|
| 2869 | = set_vectors[setv_fill_count - i];
|
---|
| 2870 | set_vectors[setv_fill_count - i] = tmp;
|
---|
[94] | 2871 | }
|
---|
[91] | 2872 |
|
---|
| 2873 | set_reloc[setv_fill_count] = N_ABS;
|
---|
| 2874 | set_vectors[setv_fill_count++] = 0;
|
---|
| 2875 | }
|
---|
| 2876 | if (!sp->defined && WEAK_SYMBOL (sp->weak))
|
---|
| 2877 | {
|
---|
| 2878 | sp->defined = N_ABS;
|
---|
| 2879 | sp->value = 0;
|
---|
| 2880 | undefined_global_sym_count--;
|
---|
| 2881 | }
|
---|
| 2882 | if (sp->defined)
|
---|
| 2883 | defined_global_sym_count++;
|
---|
| 2884 | }
|
---|
| 2885 | }
|
---|
| 2886 |
|
---|
| 2887 | /* Make sure end of bss is aligned as much as anyone can want. */
|
---|
| 2888 |
|
---|
| 2889 | bss_size = (bss_size + SECTION_ALIGN_MASK) & ~SECTION_ALIGN_MASK;
|
---|
| 2890 |
|
---|
| 2891 | /* Give values to _end and friends. */
|
---|
| 2892 | {
|
---|
| 2893 | int end_value = data_start + data_size + bss_size;
|
---|
| 2894 | if (end_symbol)
|
---|
| 2895 | end_symbol->value = end_value;
|
---|
| 2896 | if (end_symbol_alt)
|
---|
| 2897 | end_symbol_alt->value = end_value;
|
---|
| 2898 | }
|
---|
| 2899 |
|
---|
| 2900 | {
|
---|
| 2901 | int etext_value = text_size + text_start;
|
---|
| 2902 | if (etext_symbol)
|
---|
| 2903 | etext_symbol->value = etext_value;
|
---|
| 2904 | if (etext_symbol_alt)
|
---|
[142] | 2905 | etext_symbol_alt->value = etext_value;
|
---|
[91] | 2906 | }
|
---|
| 2907 |
|
---|
| 2908 | {
|
---|
| 2909 | int edata_value = data_start + data_size;
|
---|
| 2910 | if (edata_symbol)
|
---|
| 2911 | edata_symbol->value = edata_value;
|
---|
| 2912 | if (edata_symbol_alt)
|
---|
| 2913 | edata_symbol_alt->value = edata_value;
|
---|
| 2914 | }
|
---|
| 2915 |
|
---|
| 2916 | /* Figure the data_pad now, so that it overlaps with the bss addresses. */
|
---|
| 2917 |
|
---|
| 2918 | {
|
---|
| 2919 | /* The amount of data_pad that we are computing now. This is the
|
---|
| 2920 | part which overlaps with bss. What was computed previously
|
---|
| 2921 | goes before bss. */
|
---|
| 2922 | int data_pad_additional = 0;
|
---|
| 2923 |
|
---|
| 2924 | if (specified_data_size && specified_data_size > data_size)
|
---|
| 2925 | data_pad_additional = specified_data_size - data_size;
|
---|
| 2926 |
|
---|
| 2927 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED)
|
---|
| 2928 | data_pad_additional =
|
---|
| 2929 | ((data_pad_additional + data_size + page_size - 1) & (- page_size)) - data_size;
|
---|
| 2930 |
|
---|
| 2931 | bss_size -= data_pad_additional;
|
---|
| 2932 | if (bss_size < 0) bss_size = 0;
|
---|
| 2933 |
|
---|
[3749] | 2934 | data_size += data_pad_additional;
|
---|
[91] | 2935 |
|
---|
[94] | 2936 | data_pad += data_pad_additional;
|
---|
[91] | 2937 | }
|
---|
[94] | 2938 | }
|
---|
[91] | 2939 | |
---|
| 2940 |
|
---|
| 2941 | /* Accumulate the section sizes of input file ENTRY
|
---|
| 2942 | into the section sizes of the output file. */
|
---|
| 2943 |
|
---|
| 2944 | void
|
---|
| 2945 | consider_file_section_lengths (entry)
|
---|
| 2946 | register struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2947 | {
|
---|
| 2948 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 2949 | return;
|
---|
| 2950 |
|
---|
| 2951 | entry->text_start_address = text_size;
|
---|
| 2952 | /* If there were any vectors, we need to chop them off */
|
---|
| 2953 | text_size += (entry->text_size + SECTION_ALIGN_MASK) & ~SECTION_ALIGN_MASK;
|
---|
| 2954 | entry->data_start_address = data_size;
|
---|
| 2955 | data_size += (entry->data_size + SECTION_ALIGN_MASK) & ~SECTION_ALIGN_MASK;
|
---|
| 2956 | entry->bss_start_address = bss_size;
|
---|
| 2957 | bss_size += (entry->bss_size + SECTION_ALIGN_MASK) & ~SECTION_ALIGN_MASK;
|
---|
| 2958 |
|
---|
| 2959 | text_reloc_size += entry->text_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 2960 | data_reloc_size += entry->data_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 2961 | }
|
---|
| 2962 |
|
---|
| 2963 | /* Determine where the sections of ENTRY go into the output file,
|
---|
| 2964 | whose total section sizes are already known.
|
---|
| 2965 | Also relocate the addresses of the file's local and debugger symbols. */
|
---|
| 2966 |
|
---|
| 2967 | void
|
---|
| 2968 | relocate_file_addresses (entry)
|
---|
| 2969 | register struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 2970 | {
|
---|
| 2971 | entry->text_start_address += text_start;
|
---|
| 2972 |
|
---|
| 2973 | /* Note that `data_start' and `data_size' have not yet been adjusted
|
---|
| 2974 | for the portion of data_pad which overlaps with bss. If they had
|
---|
| 2975 | been, we would get the wrong results here. */
|
---|
| 2976 | entry->data_start_address += data_start;
|
---|
| 2977 | entry->bss_start_address += data_start + data_size;
|
---|
| 2978 |
|
---|
| 2979 | {
|
---|
| 2980 | register struct nlist *p;
|
---|
| 2981 | register struct nlist *end
|
---|
| 2982 | = entry->symbols + entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 2983 |
|
---|
| 2984 | for (p = entry->symbols; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 2985 | {
|
---|
| 2986 | /* If this belongs to a section, update it by the section's start address */
|
---|
| 2987 | register int type = p->n_type & N_TYPE;
|
---|
| 2988 |
|
---|
| 2989 | switch (type)
|
---|
| 2990 | {
|
---|
| 2991 | case N_TEXT:
|
---|
| 2992 | case N_SETT:
|
---|
| 2993 | p->n_value += entry->text_start_address - entry->orig_text_address;
|
---|
| 2994 | break;
|
---|
| 2995 | case N_DATA:
|
---|
| 2996 | case N_SETV:
|
---|
| 2997 | case N_SETD:
|
---|
| 2998 | /* Data segment symbol. Subtract the address of the
|
---|
| 2999 | data segment in the input file, and add the address
|
---|
| 3000 | of this input file's data segment in the output file. */
|
---|
| 3001 | p->n_value +=
|
---|
| 3002 | entry->data_start_address - entry->orig_data_address;
|
---|
| 3003 | break;
|
---|
| 3004 | case N_BSS:
|
---|
| 3005 | case N_SETB:
|
---|
| 3006 | /* likewise for symbols with value in BSS. */
|
---|
[259] | 3007 | p->n_value += entry->bss_start_address - entry->orig_bss_address;
|
---|
[91] | 3008 | break;
|
---|
| 3009 | }
|
---|
| 3010 | }
|
---|
| 3011 | }
|
---|
| 3012 | }
|
---|
| 3013 | |
---|
| 3014 |
|
---|
| 3015 | void describe_file_sections (), list_file_locals ();
|
---|
| 3016 |
|
---|
| 3017 | /* Print a complete or partial map of the output file. */
|
---|
| 3018 |
|
---|
[94] | 3019 | void
|
---|
[91] | 3020 | print_symbols (outfile)
|
---|
| 3021 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3022 | {
|
---|
| 3023 | register int i;
|
---|
| 3024 |
|
---|
[259] | 3025 | fprintf (outfile, "\nFiles:\n\n");
|
---|
[91] | 3026 |
|
---|
| 3027 | each_file (describe_file_sections, (int)outfile);
|
---|
| 3028 |
|
---|
| 3029 | fprintf (outfile, "\nGlobal symbols:\n\n");
|
---|
| 3030 |
|
---|
| 3031 | for (i = 0; i < TABSIZE; i++)
|
---|
| 3032 | {
|
---|
| 3033 | register symbol *sp;
|
---|
| 3034 | for (sp = symtab[i]; sp; sp = sp->link)
|
---|
| 3035 | {
|
---|
[94] | 3036 | if (sp->defined == 1)
|
---|
[91] | 3037 | fprintf (outfile, " %s: common, length 0x%x\n", sp->name, sp->max_common_size);
|
---|
[94] | 3038 | if (sp->defined)
|
---|
[91] | 3039 | fprintf (outfile, " %s: 0x%lx\n", sp->name, sp->value);
|
---|
| 3040 | else if (sp->referenced)
|
---|
| 3041 | fprintf (outfile, " %s: undefined\n", sp->name);
|
---|
| 3042 | }
|
---|
| 3043 | }
|
---|
| 3044 |
|
---|
| 3045 | each_file (list_file_locals, (int)outfile);
|
---|
| 3046 | }
|
---|
| 3047 |
|
---|
| 3048 | void
|
---|
| 3049 | describe_file_sections (entry, outfile)
|
---|
| 3050 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 3051 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3052 | {
|
---|
[2275] | 3053 | fprintf (outfile, " ");
|
---|
[91] | 3054 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 3055 | if (entry->just_syms_flag)
|
---|
| 3056 | fprintf (outfile, " symbols only\n");
|
---|
| 3057 | else
|
---|
| 3058 | fprintf (outfile, " text %x(%lx), data %x(%lx), bss %x(%lx) hex\n",
|
---|
| 3059 | entry->text_start_address, entry->text_size,
|
---|
| 3060 | entry->data_start_address, entry->data_size,
|
---|
| 3061 | entry->bss_start_address, entry->bss_size);
|
---|
| 3062 | }
|
---|
[236] | 3063 |
|
---|
| 3064 | void
|
---|
[94] | 3065 | list_file_locals (entry, outfile)
|
---|
[91] | 3066 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
[94] | 3067 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3068 | {
|
---|
| 3069 | register struct nlist
|
---|
[91] | 3070 | *p,
|
---|
[2275] | 3071 | *end = entry->symbols + entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
[91] | 3072 |
|
---|
| 3073 | entry->strings = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 3074 | read_entry_strings (file_open (entry), entry);
|
---|
| 3075 |
|
---|
| 3076 | fprintf (outfile, "\nLocal symbols of ");
|
---|
| 3077 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 3078 | fprintf (outfile, ":\n\n");
|
---|
| 3079 |
|
---|
| 3080 | for (p = entry->symbols; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 3081 | /* If this is a definition,
|
---|
| 3082 | update it if necessary by this file's start address. */
|
---|
| 3083 | if (((output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE) && SET_ELEMENT_P (p->n_type))
|
---|
| 3084 | || (!(p->n_type & (N_STAB | N_EXT)) && !SET_ELEMENT_P (p->n_type)))
|
---|
| 3085 | fprintf (outfile, " %s: 0x%lx\n",
|
---|
| 3086 | entry->strings + p->n_un.n_strx, p->n_value);
|
---|
| 3087 | else if (SET_ELEMENT_P (p->n_type))
|
---|
| 3088 | fprintf (outfile, " [set element] %s: 0x%lx\n",
|
---|
| 3089 | ((symbol *)p->n_un.n_name)->name, p->n_value);
|
---|
| 3090 |
|
---|
| 3091 | FREEA (entry->strings);
|
---|
[942] | 3092 | }
|
---|
| 3093 |
|
---|
| 3094 | |
---|
[91] | 3095 |
|
---|
| 3096 | /* Static vars for do_warnings and subroutines of it */
|
---|
| 3097 | int list_unresolved_refs; /* List unresolved refs */
|
---|
| 3098 | int list_warning_symbols; /* List warning syms */
|
---|
| 3099 | int list_multiple_defs; /* List multiple definitions */
|
---|
| 3100 |
|
---|
| 3101 | /*
|
---|
| 3102 | * Structure for communication between do_file_warnings and it's
|
---|
| 3103 | * helper routines. Will in practice be an array of three of these:
|
---|
| 3104 | * 0) Current line, 1) Next line, 2) Source file info.
|
---|
| 3105 | */
|
---|
| 3106 | struct line_debug_entry
|
---|
| 3107 | {
|
---|
| 3108 | int line;
|
---|
| 3109 | char *filename;
|
---|
| 3110 | struct nlist *sym;
|
---|
| 3111 | };
|
---|
| 3112 |
|
---|
| 3113 | int next_debug_entry (int use_data_symbols, struct line_debug_entry state_pointer[3]);
|
---|
| 3114 | struct line_debug_entry * init_debug_scan (int use_data_symbols, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 3115 | int address_to_line (unsigned long address, struct line_debug_entry state_pointer[3]);
|
---|
| 3116 | void qsort ();
|
---|
| 3117 | /*
|
---|
| 3118 | * Helper routines for do_file_warnings.
|
---|
| 3119 | */
|
---|
| 3120 |
|
---|
| 3121 | /* Return an integer less than, equal to, or greater than 0 as per the
|
---|
| 3122 | relation between the two relocation entries. Used by qsort. */
|
---|
| 3123 |
|
---|
| 3124 | int
|
---|
| 3125 | relocation_entries_relation (rel1, rel2)
|
---|
| 3126 | struct relocation_info *rel1, *rel2;
|
---|
| 3127 | {
|
---|
| 3128 | return RELOC_ADDRESS(rel1) - RELOC_ADDRESS(rel2);
|
---|
| 3129 | }
|
---|
| 3130 |
|
---|
| 3131 | /* Moves to the next debugging symbol in the file. USE_DATA_SYMBOLS
|
---|
| 3132 | determines the type of the debugging symbol to look for (DSLINE or
|
---|
| 3133 | SLINE). STATE_POINTER keeps track of the old and new locatiosn in
|
---|
| 3134 | the file. It assumes that state_pointer[1] is valid; ie
|
---|
| 3135 | that it.sym points into some entry in the symbol table. If
|
---|
| 3136 | state_pointer[1].sym == 0, this routine should not be called. */
|
---|
| 3137 |
|
---|
| 3138 | int
|
---|
| 3139 | next_debug_entry (use_data_symbols, state_pointer)
|
---|
| 3140 | register int use_data_symbols;
|
---|
| 3141 | /* Next must be passed by reference! */
|
---|
| 3142 | struct line_debug_entry state_pointer[3];
|
---|
| 3143 | {
|
---|
| 3144 | register struct line_debug_entry
|
---|
| 3145 | *current = state_pointer,
|
---|
| 3146 | *next = state_pointer + 1,
|
---|
| 3147 | /* Used to store source file */
|
---|
| 3148 | *source = state_pointer + 2;
|
---|
| 3149 | struct file_entry *entry = (struct file_entry *) source->sym;
|
---|
| 3150 |
|
---|
| 3151 | current->sym = next->sym;
|
---|
| 3152 | current->line = next->line;
|
---|
| 3153 | current->filename = next->filename;
|
---|
| 3154 |
|
---|
| 3155 | while (++(next->sym) < (entry->symbols
|
---|
| 3156 | + entry->syms_size/sizeof (struct nlist)))
|
---|
| 3157 | {
|
---|
| 3158 | /* n_type is a char, and N_SOL, N_EINCL and N_BINCL are > 0x80, so
|
---|
| 3159 | * may look negative...therefore, must mask to low bits
|
---|
| 3160 | */
|
---|
| 3161 | switch (next->sym->n_type & 0xff)
|
---|
| 3162 | {
|
---|
| 3163 | case N_SLINE:
|
---|
| 3164 | if (use_data_symbols) continue;
|
---|
| 3165 | next->line = next->sym->n_desc;
|
---|
| 3166 | return 1;
|
---|
| 3167 | case N_DSLINE:
|
---|
| 3168 | if (!use_data_symbols) continue;
|
---|
| 3169 | next->line = next->sym->n_desc;
|
---|
| 3170 | return 1;
|
---|
| 3171 | #ifdef HAVE_SUN_STABS
|
---|
| 3172 | case N_EINCL:
|
---|
| 3173 | next->filename = source->filename;
|
---|
| 3174 | continue;
|
---|
| 3175 | #endif
|
---|
| 3176 | case N_SO:
|
---|
| 3177 | source->filename = next->sym->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings;
|
---|
| 3178 | source->line++;
|
---|
| 3179 | #ifdef HAVE_SUN_STABS
|
---|
| 3180 | case N_BINCL:
|
---|
| 3181 | #endif
|
---|
| 3182 | case N_SOL:
|
---|
| 3183 | next->filename
|
---|
| 3184 | = next->sym->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings;
|
---|
| 3185 | default:
|
---|
| 3186 | continue;
|
---|
| 3187 | }
|
---|
| 3188 | }
|
---|
| 3189 | next->sym = (struct nlist *) 0;
|
---|
| 3190 | return 0;
|
---|
| 3191 | }
|
---|
| 3192 |
|
---|
| 3193 | /* Create a structure to save the state of a scan through the debug
|
---|
| 3194 | symbols. USE_DATA_SYMBOLS is set if we should be scanning for
|
---|
| 3195 | DSLINE's instead of SLINE's. entry is the file entry which points
|
---|
| 3196 | at the symbols to use. */
|
---|
| 3197 |
|
---|
| 3198 | struct line_debug_entry *
|
---|
| 3199 | init_debug_scan (use_data_symbols, entry)
|
---|
| 3200 | int use_data_symbols;
|
---|
| 3201 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 3202 | {
|
---|
| 3203 | struct line_debug_entry
|
---|
| 3204 | *state_pointer
|
---|
| 3205 | = (struct line_debug_entry *)
|
---|
| 3206 | xmalloc (3 * sizeof (struct line_debug_entry));
|
---|
| 3207 | register struct line_debug_entry
|
---|
| 3208 | *current = state_pointer,
|
---|
| 3209 | *next = state_pointer + 1,
|
---|
| 3210 | *source = state_pointer + 2; /* Used to store source file */
|
---|
| 3211 |
|
---|
| 3212 | struct nlist *tmp;
|
---|
| 3213 |
|
---|
| 3214 | for (tmp = entry->symbols;
|
---|
| 3215 | tmp < (entry->symbols
|
---|
| 3216 | + entry->syms_size/sizeof (struct nlist));
|
---|
| 3217 | tmp++)
|
---|
| 3218 | if (tmp->n_type == (int) N_SO)
|
---|
| 3219 | break;
|
---|
| 3220 |
|
---|
| 3221 | if (tmp >= (entry->symbols
|
---|
| 3222 | + entry->syms_size/sizeof (struct nlist)))
|
---|
| 3223 | {
|
---|
| 3224 | /* I believe this translates to "We lose" */
|
---|
| 3225 | current->filename = next->filename = entry->filename;
|
---|
| 3226 | current->line = next->line = -1;
|
---|
| 3227 | current->sym = next->sym = (struct nlist *) 0;
|
---|
| 3228 | return state_pointer;
|
---|
| 3229 | }
|
---|
| 3230 |
|
---|
| 3231 | next->line = source->line = 0;
|
---|
| 3232 | next->filename = source->filename
|
---|
| 3233 | = (tmp->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings);
|
---|
| 3234 | source->sym = (struct nlist *) entry;
|
---|
| 3235 | next->sym = tmp;
|
---|
| 3236 |
|
---|
| 3237 | next_debug_entry (use_data_symbols, state_pointer); /* To setup next */
|
---|
| 3238 |
|
---|
| 3239 | if (!next->sym) /* No line numbers for this section; */
|
---|
| 3240 | /* setup output results as appropriate */
|
---|
| 3241 | {
|
---|
| 3242 | if (source->line)
|
---|
| 3243 | {
|
---|
| 3244 | current->filename = source->filename = entry->filename;
|
---|
| 3245 | current->line = -1; /* Don't print lineno */
|
---|
| 3246 | }
|
---|
| 3247 | else
|
---|
| 3248 | {
|
---|
| 3249 | current->filename = source->filename;
|
---|
| 3250 | current->line = 0;
|
---|
| 3251 | }
|
---|
| 3252 | return state_pointer;
|
---|
| 3253 | }
|
---|
| 3254 |
|
---|
| 3255 |
|
---|
| 3256 | next_debug_entry (use_data_symbols, state_pointer); /* To setup current */
|
---|
| 3257 |
|
---|
| 3258 | return state_pointer;
|
---|
| 3259 | }
|
---|
| 3260 |
|
---|
| 3261 | /* Takes an ADDRESS (in either text or data space) and a STATE_POINTER
|
---|
| 3262 | which describes the current location in the implied scan through
|
---|
| 3263 | the debug symbols within the file which ADDRESS is within, and
|
---|
| 3264 | returns the source line number which corresponds to ADDRESS. */
|
---|
| 3265 |
|
---|
| 3266 | int
|
---|
| 3267 | address_to_line (address, state_pointer)
|
---|
| 3268 | unsigned long address;
|
---|
| 3269 | /* Next must be passed by reference! */
|
---|
| 3270 | struct line_debug_entry state_pointer[3];
|
---|
| 3271 | {
|
---|
| 3272 | struct line_debug_entry
|
---|
| 3273 | *current = state_pointer,
|
---|
| 3274 | *next = state_pointer + 1;
|
---|
| 3275 | struct line_debug_entry *tmp_pointer;
|
---|
| 3276 |
|
---|
| 3277 | int use_data_symbols;
|
---|
| 3278 |
|
---|
| 3279 | if (next->sym)
|
---|
| 3280 | use_data_symbols = (next->sym->n_type & ~N_EXT) == N_DATA;
|
---|
| 3281 | else
|
---|
| 3282 | return current->line;
|
---|
| 3283 |
|
---|
| 3284 | /* Go back to the beginning if we've already passed it. */
|
---|
| 3285 | if (current->sym->n_value > address)
|
---|
| 3286 | {
|
---|
| 3287 | tmp_pointer = init_debug_scan (use_data_symbols,
|
---|
| 3288 | (struct file_entry *)
|
---|
| 3289 | ((state_pointer + 2)->sym));
|
---|
| 3290 | state_pointer[0] = tmp_pointer[0];
|
---|
| 3291 | state_pointer[1] = tmp_pointer[1];
|
---|
| 3292 | state_pointer[2] = tmp_pointer[2];
|
---|
| 3293 | free (tmp_pointer);
|
---|
| 3294 | }
|
---|
| 3295 |
|
---|
| 3296 | /* If we're still in a bad way, return -1, meaning invalid line. */
|
---|
| 3297 | if (current->sym->n_value > address)
|
---|
| 3298 | return -1;
|
---|
| 3299 |
|
---|
| 3300 | while (next->sym
|
---|
[94] | 3301 | && next->sym->n_value <= address
|
---|
[91] | 3302 | && next_debug_entry (use_data_symbols, state_pointer))
|
---|
| 3303 | ;
|
---|
| 3304 | return current->line;
|
---|
| 3305 | }
|
---|
| 3306 |
|
---|
| 3307 |
|
---|
| 3308 | /* Macros for manipulating bitvectors. */
|
---|
| 3309 | #define BIT_SET_P(bv, index) ((bv)[(index) >> 3] & 1 << ((index) & 0x7))
|
---|
| 3310 | #define SET_BIT(bv, index) ((bv)[(index) >> 3] |= 1 << ((index) & 0x7))
|
---|
| 3311 |
|
---|
| 3312 | /* This routine will scan through the relocation data of file ENTRY,
|
---|
| 3313 | printing out references to undefined symbols and references to
|
---|
| 3314 | symbols defined in files with N_WARNING symbols. If DATA_SEGMENT
|
---|
| 3315 | is non-zero, it will scan the data relocation segment (and use
|
---|
| 3316 | N_DSLINE symbols to track line number); otherwise it will scan the
|
---|
| 3317 | text relocation segment. Warnings will be printed on the output
|
---|
| 3318 | stream OUTFILE. Eventually, every nlist symbol mapped through will
|
---|
| 3319 | be marked in the NLIST_BITVECTOR, so we don't repeat ourselves when
|
---|
| 3320 | we scan the nlists themselves. */
|
---|
| 3321 |
|
---|
| 3322 | void
|
---|
| 3323 | do_relocation_warnings (entry, data_segment, outfile, nlist_bitvector)
|
---|
| 3324 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 3325 | int data_segment;
|
---|
| 3326 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3327 | unsigned char *nlist_bitvector;
|
---|
| 3328 | {
|
---|
| 3329 | struct relocation_info
|
---|
| 3330 | *reloc_start = data_segment ? entry->datarel : entry->textrel,
|
---|
[942] | 3331 | *reloc;
|
---|
[91] | 3332 | int reloc_size
|
---|
| 3333 | = ((data_segment ? entry->data_reloc_size : entry->text_reloc_size)
|
---|
| 3334 | / sizeof (struct relocation_info));
|
---|
| 3335 | int start_of_segment
|
---|
| 3336 | = (data_segment ? entry->data_start_address : entry->text_start_address);
|
---|
| 3337 | struct nlist *start_of_syms = entry->symbols;
|
---|
| 3338 | struct line_debug_entry *state_pointer
|
---|
| 3339 | = init_debug_scan (data_segment != 0, entry);
|
---|
| 3340 | register struct line_debug_entry *current = state_pointer;
|
---|
| 3341 | /* Assigned to generally static values; should not be written into. */
|
---|
| 3342 | char *errfmt;
|
---|
| 3343 | /* Assigned to alloca'd values cand copied into; should be freed
|
---|
| 3344 | when done. */
|
---|
| 3345 | char *errmsg;
|
---|
| 3346 | int invalidate_line_number;
|
---|
| 3347 |
|
---|
| 3348 | /* We need to sort the relocation info here. Sheesh, so much effort
|
---|
| 3349 | for one lousy error optimization. */
|
---|
| 3350 |
|
---|
| 3351 | qsort (reloc_start, reloc_size, sizeof (struct relocation_info),
|
---|
| 3352 | (int (*)(const void *, const void *))relocation_entries_relation);
|
---|
| 3353 |
|
---|
| 3354 | for (reloc = reloc_start;
|
---|
| 3355 | reloc < (reloc_start + reloc_size);
|
---|
| 3356 | reloc++)
|
---|
| 3357 | {
|
---|
| 3358 | register struct nlist *s;
|
---|
| 3359 | register symbol *g;
|
---|
| 3360 |
|
---|
| 3361 | /* If the relocation isn't resolved through a symbol, continue */
|
---|
| 3362 | if (!RELOC_EXTERN_P(reloc))
|
---|
| 3363 | continue;
|
---|
| 3364 |
|
---|
| 3365 | s = &(entry->symbols[RELOC_SYMBOL(reloc)]);
|
---|
| 3366 |
|
---|
| 3367 | /* Local symbols shouldn't ever be used by relocation info, so
|
---|
| 3368 | the next should be safe.
|
---|
| 3369 | This is, of course, wrong. References to local BSS symbols can be
|
---|
| 3370 | the targets of relocation info, and they can (must) be
|
---|
| 3371 | resolved through symbols. However, these must be defined properly,
|
---|
| 3372 | (the assembler would have caught it otherwise), so we can
|
---|
| 3373 | ignore these cases. */
|
---|
| 3374 | if (!(s->n_type & N_EXT))
|
---|
| 3375 | continue;
|
---|
| 3376 |
|
---|
| 3377 | g = (symbol *) s->n_un.n_name;
|
---|
| 3378 | errmsg = 0;
|
---|
| 3379 |
|
---|
| 3380 | if (!g->defined && list_unresolved_refs) /* Reference */
|
---|
| 3381 | {
|
---|
| 3382 | /* Mark as being noted by relocation warning pass. */
|
---|
| 3383 | SET_BIT (nlist_bitvector, s - start_of_syms);
|
---|
| 3384 |
|
---|
| 3385 | if (g->undef_refs >= MAX_UREFS_PRINTED) /* Listed too many */
|
---|
| 3386 | continue;
|
---|
| 3387 |
|
---|
| 3388 | /* Undefined symbol which we should mention */
|
---|
| 3389 |
|
---|
| 3390 | if (++(g->undef_refs) == MAX_UREFS_PRINTED)
|
---|
| 3391 | {
|
---|
| 3392 | errfmt = "More undefined symbol %s refs follow";
|
---|
| 3393 | invalidate_line_number = 1;
|
---|
| 3394 | }
|
---|
| 3395 | else
|
---|
| 3396 | {
|
---|
| 3397 | errfmt = "Undefined symbol %s referenced from %s segment";
|
---|
| 3398 | invalidate_line_number = 0;
|
---|
| 3399 | }
|
---|
| 3400 | }
|
---|
[2673] | 3401 | else /* Defined */
|
---|
[91] | 3402 | {
|
---|
| 3403 | /* Potential symbol warning here */
|
---|
| 3404 | if (!g->warning) continue;
|
---|
| 3405 |
|
---|
| 3406 | /* Mark as being noted by relocation warning pass. */
|
---|
| 3407 | SET_BIT (nlist_bitvector, s - start_of_syms);
|
---|
| 3408 |
|
---|
| 3409 | errfmt = 0;
|
---|
| 3410 | errmsg = g->warning;
|
---|
| 3411 | invalidate_line_number = 0;
|
---|
| 3412 | }
|
---|
| 3413 |
|
---|
| 3414 |
|
---|
| 3415 | /* If errfmt == 0, errmsg has already been defined. */
|
---|
| 3416 | if (errfmt != 0)
|
---|
| 3417 | {
|
---|
| 3418 | char *nm;
|
---|
| 3419 |
|
---|
| 3420 | if (!demangler || !(nm = (*demangler)(g->name)))
|
---|
| 3421 | nm = g->name;
|
---|
| 3422 | errmsg = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (errfmt) + strlen (nm) + 1);
|
---|
| 3423 | sprintf (errmsg, errfmt, nm, data_segment ? "data" : "text");
|
---|
| 3424 | if (nm != g->name)
|
---|
| 3425 | free (nm);
|
---|
| 3426 | }
|
---|
| 3427 |
|
---|
| 3428 | address_to_line (RELOC_ADDRESS (reloc) + start_of_segment,
|
---|
| 3429 | state_pointer);
|
---|
| 3430 |
|
---|
| 3431 | if (current->line >=0)
|
---|
| 3432 | {
|
---|
| 3433 | fprintf (outfile, "%s:%d (", current->filename,
|
---|
| 3434 | invalidate_line_number ? 0 : current->line);
|
---|
| 3435 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 3436 | fprintf (outfile, "): %s\n", errmsg);
|
---|
| 3437 | }
|
---|
| 3438 | else
|
---|
| 3439 | {
|
---|
| 3440 | print_file_name(entry, outfile);
|
---|
[2275] | 3441 | fprintf(outfile, ": %s\n", errmsg);
|
---|
[91] | 3442 | }
|
---|
| 3443 |
|
---|
[259] | 3444 | if (errfmt != 0)
|
---|
| 3445 | free (errmsg);
|
---|
[91] | 3446 | }
|
---|
| 3447 |
|
---|
| 3448 | free (state_pointer);
|
---|
| 3449 | }
|
---|
| 3450 |
|
---|
| 3451 | /* Print on OUTFILE a list of all warnings generated by references
|
---|
| 3452 | and/or definitions in the file ENTRY. List source file and line
|
---|
| 3453 | number if possible, just the .o file if not. */
|
---|
| 3454 |
|
---|
[2275] | 3455 | void
|
---|
[91] | 3456 | do_file_warnings (entry, outfile)
|
---|
| 3457 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 3458 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3459 | {
|
---|
| 3460 | int number_of_syms = entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 3461 | unsigned char *nlist_bitvector
|
---|
| 3462 | = (unsigned char *) ALLOCA ((number_of_syms >> 3) + 1);
|
---|
| 3463 | struct line_debug_entry *text_scan, *data_scan;
|
---|
| 3464 | int i;
|
---|
| 3465 | char *errfmt, *file_name = NULL;
|
---|
| 3466 | int line_number = 0;
|
---|
| 3467 | int dont_allow_symbol_name;
|
---|
| 3468 |
|
---|
| 3469 | bzero (nlist_bitvector, (number_of_syms >> 3) + 1);
|
---|
| 3470 |
|
---|
| 3471 | /* Read in the files strings if they aren't available */
|
---|
| 3472 | if (!entry->strings)
|
---|
| 3473 | {
|
---|
| 3474 | int desc;
|
---|
| 3475 |
|
---|
| 3476 | entry->strings = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 3477 | desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
| 3478 | read_entry_strings (desc, entry);
|
---|
| 3479 | }
|
---|
| 3480 |
|
---|
[94] | 3481 | read_file_relocation (entry);
|
---|
[91] | 3482 |
|
---|
| 3483 | /* Do text warnings based on a scan through the relocation info. */
|
---|
| 3484 | do_relocation_warnings (entry, 0, outfile, nlist_bitvector);
|
---|
| 3485 |
|
---|
| 3486 | /* Do data warnings based on a scan through the relocation info. */
|
---|
| 3487 | do_relocation_warnings (entry, 1, outfile, nlist_bitvector);
|
---|
| 3488 |
|
---|
| 3489 | /* Scan through all of the nlist entries in this file and pick up
|
---|
| 3490 | anything that the scan through the relocation stuff didn't. */
|
---|
| 3491 |
|
---|
| 3492 | text_scan = init_debug_scan (0, entry);
|
---|
| 3493 | data_scan = init_debug_scan (1, entry);
|
---|
| 3494 |
|
---|
| 3495 | for (i = 0; i < number_of_syms; i++)
|
---|
[208] | 3496 | {
|
---|
[91] | 3497 | struct nlist *s;
|
---|
| 3498 | struct glosym *g;
|
---|
| 3499 |
|
---|
| 3500 | s = entry->symbols + i;
|
---|
| 3501 |
|
---|
| 3502 | if (WEAK_SYMBOL (s->n_type) || !(s->n_type & N_EXT))
|
---|
| 3503 | continue;
|
---|
| 3504 |
|
---|
| 3505 | g = (symbol *) s->n_un.n_name;
|
---|
| 3506 | dont_allow_symbol_name = 0;
|
---|
| 3507 |
|
---|
| 3508 | if (list_multiple_defs && g->multiply_defined)
|
---|
| 3509 | {
|
---|
| 3510 | errfmt = "Definition of symbol %s (multiply defined)";
|
---|
| 3511 | switch (s->n_type)
|
---|
| 3512 | {
|
---|
| 3513 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3514 | line_number = address_to_line (s->n_value, text_scan);
|
---|
| 3515 | file_name = text_scan[0].filename;
|
---|
| 3516 | break;
|
---|
| 3517 | case N_BSS | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3518 | case N_DATA | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3519 | line_number = address_to_line (s->n_value, data_scan);
|
---|
| 3520 | file_name = data_scan[0].filename;
|
---|
| 3521 | break;
|
---|
| 3522 | case N_SETA | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3523 | case N_SETT | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3524 | case N_SETD | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3525 | case N_SETB | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 3526 | if (g->multiply_defined == 2)
|
---|
| 3527 | continue;
|
---|
| 3528 | errfmt = "First set element definition of symbol %s (multiply defined)";
|
---|
| 3529 | break;
|
---|
| 3530 | default:
|
---|
| 3531 | continue; /* Don't print out multiple defs
|
---|
| 3532 | at references. */
|
---|
| 3533 | }
|
---|
| 3534 | }
|
---|
| 3535 | else if (BIT_SET_P (nlist_bitvector, i))
|
---|
| 3536 | continue;
|
---|
| 3537 | else if (list_unresolved_refs && !g->defined)
|
---|
| 3538 | {
|
---|
| 3539 | if (g->undef_refs >= MAX_UREFS_PRINTED)
|
---|
| 3540 | continue;
|
---|
| 3541 |
|
---|
| 3542 | if (++(g->undef_refs) == MAX_UREFS_PRINTED)
|
---|
| 3543 | errfmt = "More undefined \"%s\" refs follow";
|
---|
| 3544 | else
|
---|
| 3545 | errfmt = "Undefined symbol \"%s\" referenced";
|
---|
| 3546 | line_number = -1;
|
---|
| 3547 | }
|
---|
| 3548 | else if (g->warning)
|
---|
| 3549 | {
|
---|
| 3550 | /* There are two cases in which we don't want to
|
---|
| 3551 | do this. The first is if this is a definition instead of
|
---|
| 3552 | a reference. The second is if it's the reference used by
|
---|
| 3553 | the warning stabs itself. */
|
---|
| 3554 | if (s->n_type != (N_EXT | N_UNDF)
|
---|
| 3555 | || (i && (s-1)->n_type == N_WARNING))
|
---|
| 3556 | continue;
|
---|
| 3557 |
|
---|
| 3558 | errfmt = g->warning;
|
---|
| 3559 | line_number = -1;
|
---|
| 3560 | dont_allow_symbol_name = 1;
|
---|
| 3561 | }
|
---|
| 3562 | else
|
---|
| 3563 | continue;
|
---|
| 3564 |
|
---|
| 3565 | if (line_number == -1)
|
---|
| 3566 | {
|
---|
| 3567 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 3568 | fprintf (outfile, ": ");
|
---|
| 3569 | }
|
---|
| 3570 | else
|
---|
| 3571 | {
|
---|
| 3572 | fprintf (outfile, "%s:%d (", file_name, line_number);
|
---|
| 3573 | print_file_name (entry, outfile);
|
---|
| 3574 | fprintf (outfile, "): ");
|
---|
[2275] | 3575 | }
|
---|
| 3576 |
|
---|
[91] | 3577 | if (dont_allow_symbol_name)
|
---|
| 3578 | fprintf (outfile, "%s", errfmt);
|
---|
[94] | 3579 | else
|
---|
[91] | 3580 | {
|
---|
| 3581 | char *nm;
|
---|
| 3582 |
|
---|
| 3583 | if (!demangler || !(nm = (*demangler)(g->name)))
|
---|
| 3584 | fprintf (outfile, errfmt, g->name);
|
---|
| 3585 | else
|
---|
| 3586 | {
|
---|
| 3587 | fprintf (outfile, errfmt, nm);
|
---|
| 3588 | free (nm);
|
---|
| 3589 | }
|
---|
| 3590 | }
|
---|
| 3591 |
|
---|
| 3592 | fputc ('\n', outfile);
|
---|
[259] | 3593 | }
|
---|
[91] | 3594 | free (text_scan);
|
---|
| 3595 | free (data_scan);
|
---|
| 3596 | FREEA (entry->strings);
|
---|
| 3597 | FREEA (nlist_bitvector);
|
---|
| 3598 | }
|
---|
| 3599 | |
---|
| 3600 |
|
---|
| 3601 | void
|
---|
| 3602 | do_warnings (outfile)
|
---|
| 3603 | FILE *outfile;
|
---|
| 3604 | {
|
---|
| 3605 | list_unresolved_refs = output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE && undefined_global_sym_count;
|
---|
| 3606 | list_warning_symbols = warning_count;
|
---|
| 3607 | list_multiple_defs = multiple_def_count != 0;
|
---|
| 3608 |
|
---|
| 3609 | if (!(list_unresolved_refs ||
|
---|
[942] | 3610 | list_warning_symbols ||
|
---|
[91] | 3611 | list_multiple_defs ))
|
---|
[259] | 3612 | /* No need to run this routine */
|
---|
[91] | 3613 | return;
|
---|
| 3614 |
|
---|
| 3615 | each_file (do_file_warnings, (int)outfile);
|
---|
| 3616 |
|
---|
| 3617 | if (list_unresolved_refs || list_multiple_defs)
|
---|
| 3618 | make_executable = 0;
|
---|
| 3619 | }
|
---|
| 3620 | |
---|
| 3621 |
|
---|
| 3622 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3623 |
|
---|
| 3624 | /* Stuff pertaining to creating a.out files. */
|
---|
| 3625 |
|
---|
| 3626 | /* The a.out header. */
|
---|
| 3627 |
|
---|
| 3628 | struct exec outheader;
|
---|
| 3629 |
|
---|
| 3630 | /* Compute text_start and text_header_size for an a.out file. */
|
---|
| 3631 |
|
---|
| 3632 | void
|
---|
| 3633 | initialize_a_out_text_start (void)
|
---|
| 3634 | {
|
---|
| 3635 | int magic = 0;
|
---|
| 3636 |
|
---|
[236] | 3637 | switch (output_style)
|
---|
[91] | 3638 | {
|
---|
| 3639 | case OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE:
|
---|
| 3640 | case OUTPUT_WRITABLE_TEXT:
|
---|
| 3641 | magic = OMAGIC;
|
---|
| 3642 | break;
|
---|
| 3643 | case OUTPUT_READONLY_TEXT:
|
---|
| 3644 | #ifdef NMAGIC
|
---|
| 3645 | magic = NMAGIC;
|
---|
| 3646 | break;
|
---|
| 3647 | #endif
|
---|
| 3648 | case OUTPUT_DEMAND_PAGED:
|
---|
| 3649 | magic = ZMAGIC;
|
---|
| 3650 | break;
|
---|
| 3651 | default:
|
---|
| 3652 | fatal ("unknown output style found (bug in ld)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3653 | break;
|
---|
| 3654 | }
|
---|
| 3655 |
|
---|
| 3656 | /* Determine whether to count the header as part of
|
---|
| 3657 | the text size, and initialize the text size accordingly.
|
---|
| 3658 | This depends on the kind of system and on the output format selected. */
|
---|
| 3659 | N_SET_MAGIC (outheader, magic);
|
---|
[942] | 3660 | N_SET_MACHTYPE (outheader, M_386);
|
---|
[91] | 3661 | #ifdef INITIALIZE_HEADER
|
---|
| 3662 | INITIALIZE_HEADER;
|
---|
| 3663 | #endif
|
---|
| 3664 |
|
---|
| 3665 | text_header_size = sizeof (struct exec);
|
---|
| 3666 | if (text_header_size <= N_TXTOFF (outheader))
|
---|
| 3667 | text_header_size = 0;
|
---|
| 3668 | else
|
---|
| 3669 | text_header_size -= N_TXTOFF (outheader);
|
---|
[942] | 3670 |
|
---|
[91] | 3671 | #ifdef _N_BASEADDR
|
---|
| 3672 | /* SunOS 4.1 N_TXTADDR depends on the value of outheader.a_entry. */
|
---|
| 3673 | outheader.a_entry = N_PAGSIZ(outheader);
|
---|
| 3674 | #endif
|
---|
| 3675 |
|
---|
| 3676 | if (!T_flag_specified && output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 3677 | text_start = N_TXTADDR (outheader);
|
---|
| 3678 | }
|
---|
| 3679 |
|
---|
| 3680 | /* Compute data_start once text_size is known. */
|
---|
| 3681 |
|
---|
| 3682 | void
|
---|
| 3683 | initialize_a_out_data_start (void)
|
---|
| 3684 | {
|
---|
| 3685 | outheader.a_text = text_size;
|
---|
| 3686 | if (! Tdata_flag_specified)
|
---|
| 3687 | data_start = N_DATADDR (outheader) + text_start - N_TXTADDR (outheader);
|
---|
| 3688 | }
|
---|
| 3689 |
|
---|
| 3690 | /* Compute offsets of various pieces of the a.out output file. */
|
---|
| 3691 |
|
---|
| 3692 | void
|
---|
| 3693 | compute_a_out_section_offsets (void)
|
---|
| 3694 | {
|
---|
| 3695 | outheader.a_data = data_size;
|
---|
| 3696 | outheader.a_bss = bss_size;
|
---|
| 3697 | outheader.a_entry = (entry_symbol ? entry_symbol->value
|
---|
| 3698 | : text_start + text_header_size);
|
---|
| 3699 |
|
---|
| 3700 | if (strip_symbols == STRIP_ALL)
|
---|
| 3701 | nsyms = 0;
|
---|
| 3702 | else
|
---|
| 3703 | {
|
---|
| 3704 | nsyms = (defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 3705 | + undefined_global_sym_count);
|
---|
| 3706 | if (discard_locals == DISCARD_L)
|
---|
| 3707 | nsyms += non_L_local_sym_count;
|
---|
| 3708 | else if (discard_locals == DISCARD_NONE)
|
---|
| 3709 | nsyms += local_sym_count;
|
---|
| 3710 | /* One extra for following reference on indirects */
|
---|
| 3711 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
| 3712 | nsyms += set_symbol_count + global_indirect_count;
|
---|
| 3713 | }
|
---|
| 3714 |
|
---|
| 3715 | if (strip_symbols == STRIP_NONE)
|
---|
| 3716 | nsyms += debugger_sym_count;
|
---|
| 3717 |
|
---|
| 3718 | outheader.a_syms = nsyms * sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 3719 |
|
---|
| 3720 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE || reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 3721 | {
|
---|
| 3722 | outheader.a_trsize = text_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 3723 | outheader.a_drsize = data_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 3724 | }
|
---|
| 3725 | else
|
---|
| 3726 | {
|
---|
| 3727 | outheader.a_trsize = 0;
|
---|
| 3728 | outheader.a_drsize = 0;
|
---|
| 3729 | }
|
---|
| 3730 |
|
---|
| 3731 | /* Initialize the various file offsets. */
|
---|
| 3732 |
|
---|
[942] | 3733 | output_text_offset = N_TXTOFF (outheader);
|
---|
[91] | 3734 | #ifdef N_DATOFF
|
---|
| 3735 | output_data_offset = N_DATOFF (outheader);
|
---|
| 3736 | #else
|
---|
| 3737 | output_data_offset = output_text_offset + text_size;
|
---|
| 3738 | #endif
|
---|
| 3739 | #ifdef N_TRELOFF
|
---|
| 3740 | output_trel_offset = N_TRELOFF (outheader);
|
---|
[942] | 3741 | #else
|
---|
[91] | 3742 | output_trel_offset = output_data_offset + data_size;
|
---|
| 3743 | #endif
|
---|
| 3744 | #ifdef N_DRELOFF
|
---|
| 3745 | output_drel_offset = N_DRELOFF (outheader);
|
---|
| 3746 | #else
|
---|
| 3747 | output_drel_offset = output_trel_offset + text_reloc_size;
|
---|
| 3748 | #endif
|
---|
| 3749 | output_syms_offset = N_SYMOFF (outheader);
|
---|
| 3750 | output_strs_offset = N_STROFF (outheader);
|
---|
| 3751 | }
|
---|
| 3752 |
|
---|
| 3753 | /* Compute more section offsets once the size of the string table is known. */
|
---|
| 3754 |
|
---|
| 3755 | void
|
---|
[942] | 3756 | compute_more_a_out_section_offsets (void)
|
---|
[91] | 3757 | {
|
---|
| 3758 | output_symseg_offset = output_strs_offset + output_strs_size;
|
---|
| 3759 | }
|
---|
| 3760 |
|
---|
| 3761 | /* Write the a.out header once everything else is known. */
|
---|
| 3762 |
|
---|
| 3763 | void
|
---|
| 3764 | write_a_out_header (void)
|
---|
| 3765 | {
|
---|
| 3766 | lseek (outdesc, 0L, 0);
|
---|
| 3767 | mywrite (&outheader, sizeof (struct exec), 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 3768 | }
|
---|
| 3769 |
|
---|
| 3770 | #endif
|
---|
| 3771 | |
---|
[942] | 3772 |
|
---|
[91] | 3773 | /* The following functions are simple switches according to the
|
---|
| 3774 | output style. */
|
---|
| 3775 |
|
---|
| 3776 | /* Compute text_start and text_header_size as appropriate for the
|
---|
| 3777 | output format. */
|
---|
| 3778 |
|
---|
| 3779 | void
|
---|
| 3780 | initialize_text_start (void)
|
---|
| 3781 | {
|
---|
| 3782 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3783 | if (output_file_type == IS_A_OUT)
|
---|
| 3784 | {
|
---|
| 3785 | initialize_a_out_text_start ();
|
---|
| 3786 | return;
|
---|
[942] | 3787 | }
|
---|
[91] | 3788 | #endif
|
---|
| 3789 | fatal ("unknown output file type (enum file_type)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3790 | }
|
---|
| 3791 |
|
---|
| 3792 | /* Initialize data_start as appropriate to the output format, once text_size
|
---|
| 3793 | is known. */
|
---|
| 3794 |
|
---|
| 3795 | void
|
---|
| 3796 | initialize_data_start (void)
|
---|
| 3797 | {
|
---|
| 3798 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3799 | if (output_file_type == IS_A_OUT)
|
---|
| 3800 | {
|
---|
| 3801 | initialize_a_out_data_start ();
|
---|
[942] | 3802 | return;
|
---|
[91] | 3803 | }
|
---|
| 3804 | #endif
|
---|
| 3805 | fatal ("unknown output file type (enum file_type)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3806 | }
|
---|
| 3807 |
|
---|
| 3808 | /* Compute offsets of the various sections within the output file. */
|
---|
| 3809 |
|
---|
| 3810 | void
|
---|
| 3811 | compute_section_offsets (void)
|
---|
| 3812 | {
|
---|
| 3813 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3814 | if (output_file_type == IS_A_OUT)
|
---|
| 3815 | {
|
---|
[942] | 3816 | compute_a_out_section_offsets ();
|
---|
[91] | 3817 | return;
|
---|
| 3818 | }
|
---|
| 3819 | #endif
|
---|
| 3820 | fatal ("unknown output file type (enum file_type)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3821 | }
|
---|
| 3822 |
|
---|
| 3823 | /* Compute more section offsets, once the size of the string table
|
---|
| 3824 | is finalized. */
|
---|
| 3825 | void
|
---|
| 3826 | compute_more_section_offsets (void)
|
---|
| 3827 | {
|
---|
| 3828 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3829 | if (output_file_type == IS_A_OUT)
|
---|
| 3830 | {
|
---|
| 3831 | compute_more_a_out_section_offsets ();
|
---|
[2673] | 3832 | return;
|
---|
[91] | 3833 | }
|
---|
| 3834 | #endif
|
---|
| 3835 | fatal ("unknown output file type (enum file_type)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3836 | }
|
---|
[94] | 3837 |
|
---|
| 3838 | /* Write the output file header, once everything is known. */
|
---|
| 3839 | void
|
---|
| 3840 | write_header (void)
|
---|
| 3841 | {
|
---|
| 3842 | #ifdef A_OUT
|
---|
| 3843 | if (output_file_type == IS_A_OUT)
|
---|
[2673] | 3844 | {
|
---|
[94] | 3845 | write_a_out_header ();
|
---|
[91] | 3846 | return;
|
---|
| 3847 | }
|
---|
| 3848 | #endif
|
---|
| 3849 | fatal ("unknown output file type (enum file_type)", (char *) 0);
|
---|
| 3850 | }
|
---|
| 3851 | |
---|
| 3852 |
|
---|
| 3853 | /* Parse output_filename and decide whether to create an exe file or not */
|
---|
| 3854 |
|
---|
| 3855 | void check_exe (void)
|
---|
| 3856 | {
|
---|
| 3857 | char *ext;
|
---|
| 3858 |
|
---|
| 3859 | if (exe_flag)
|
---|
| 3860 | {
|
---|
| 3861 | ext = _getext (output_filename);
|
---|
| 3862 | if ((ext != NULL) && (stricmp (ext, ".exe") == 0))
|
---|
| 3863 | {
|
---|
[2673] | 3864 | exe_filename = output_filename;
|
---|
[91] | 3865 | exe_flag = 0;
|
---|
| 3866 | } else
|
---|
| 3867 | {
|
---|
| 3868 | touch_filename = output_filename;
|
---|
| 3869 | exe_filename = concat (output_filename, ".exe", NULL);
|
---|
| 3870 | }
|
---|
| 3871 | }
|
---|
| 3872 | else
|
---|
| 3873 | {
|
---|
| 3874 | ext = _getext2 (output_filename);
|
---|
| 3875 | if (stricmp (ext, ".dll") == 0)
|
---|
| 3876 | {
|
---|
| 3877 | reloc_flag = 1; dll_flag = 1;
|
---|
| 3878 | }
|
---|
| 3879 | else if (stricmp (ext, ".exe") != 0)
|
---|
| 3880 | {
|
---|
| 3881 | exe_filename = NULL;
|
---|
| 3882 | return;
|
---|
| 3883 | }
|
---|
[942] | 3884 | exe_filename = output_filename;
|
---|
[91] | 3885 | }
|
---|
| 3886 |
|
---|
| 3887 | /* Create a temporary a.out executable file. */
|
---|
| 3888 |
|
---|
| 3889 | output_filename = make_temp_file ("ldXXXXXX");
|
---|
| 3890 |
|
---|
| 3891 | if (rsxnt_linked != EMX_DEFAULT && strip_symbols != STRIP_NONE) /* RSXNT */
|
---|
| 3892 | {
|
---|
| 3893 | strip_symbols = STRIP_NONE;
|
---|
| 3894 | emxbind_strip = 1;
|
---|
| 3895 | }
|
---|
| 3896 | else if (strip_symbols == STRIP_ALL)
|
---|
| 3897 | {
|
---|
[142] | 3898 | strip_symbols = STRIP_DEBUGGER;
|
---|
[91] | 3899 | emxbind_strip = 1;
|
---|
| 3900 | }
|
---|
| 3901 | unlink (exe_filename);
|
---|
| 3902 | if (touch_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 3903 | unlink (touch_filename);
|
---|
| 3904 | }
|
---|
| 3905 |
|
---|
| 3906 | /* Write the output file */
|
---|
| 3907 |
|
---|
| 3908 | void
|
---|
| 3909 | write_output (void)
|
---|
| 3910 | {
|
---|
| 3911 | struct stat statbuf;
|
---|
| 3912 | int filemode, mask;
|
---|
| 3913 |
|
---|
| 3914 | /* Remove the old file in case it is owned by someone else.
|
---|
| 3915 | This prevents spurious "not owner" error messages.
|
---|
| 3916 | Don't check for errors from unlink; we don't really care
|
---|
| 3917 | whether it worked.
|
---|
| 3918 |
|
---|
| 3919 | Note that this means that if the output file is hard linked,
|
---|
| 3920 | the other names will still have the old contents. This is
|
---|
| 3921 | the way Unix ld works; I'm going to consider it a feature. */
|
---|
| 3922 | (void) unlink (output_filename);
|
---|
| 3923 |
|
---|
| 3924 | outdesc = open (output_filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY, 0666);
|
---|
| 3925 | if (outdesc < 0) perror_name (output_filename);
|
---|
| 3926 |
|
---|
| 3927 | if (fstat (outdesc, &statbuf) < 0)
|
---|
| 3928 | perror_name (output_filename);
|
---|
| 3929 |
|
---|
| 3930 | filemode = statbuf.st_mode;
|
---|
| 3931 |
|
---|
| 3932 | chmod (output_filename, filemode & ~0111);
|
---|
| 3933 |
|
---|
| 3934 | if (reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 3935 | global_indirect_count = 0;
|
---|
| 3936 |
|
---|
| 3937 | /* Calculate the offsets of the various pieces of the output file. */
|
---|
| 3938 | compute_section_offsets ();
|
---|
| 3939 |
|
---|
| 3940 | /* Output the text and data segments, relocating as we go. */
|
---|
| 3941 | write_text ();
|
---|
| 3942 | write_data ();
|
---|
| 3943 |
|
---|
| 3944 | /* Output the merged relocation info, if requested with `-r'. */
|
---|
| 3945 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE || reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 3946 | write_rel ();
|
---|
[2275] | 3947 |
|
---|
| 3948 | /* Output the symbol table (both globals and locals). */
|
---|
[91] | 3949 | write_syms ();
|
---|
[2275] | 3950 |
|
---|
[91] | 3951 | /* At this point the total size of the symbol table and string table
|
---|
| 3952 | are finalized. */
|
---|
| 3953 | compute_more_section_offsets ();
|
---|
| 3954 |
|
---|
[2096] | 3955 | /* Copy any GDB symbol segments from input files. */
|
---|
| 3956 | write_symsegs ();
|
---|
[91] | 3957 |
|
---|
| 3958 | /* Now that everything is known about the output file, write its header. */
|
---|
[2275] | 3959 | write_header ();
|
---|
[91] | 3960 |
|
---|
| 3961 | close (outdesc);
|
---|
| 3962 |
|
---|
| 3963 | mask = umask (0);
|
---|
| 3964 | umask (mask);
|
---|
[2096] | 3965 |
|
---|
[91] | 3966 | if (chmod (output_filename, filemode | (0111 & ~mask)) == -1)
|
---|
| 3967 | perror_name (output_filename);
|
---|
[2275] | 3968 |
|
---|
[91] | 3969 | if (rsxnt_linked == EMX_DEFAULT && exe_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 3970 | {
|
---|
| 3971 | char *nargv[11];
|
---|
| 3972 | char *freeav[11];
|
---|
| 3973 | int i, j, saved_errno;
|
---|
| 3974 |
|
---|
| 3975 | i = j = 0;
|
---|
[2673] | 3976 | nargv[i++] = "emxbind";
|
---|
[91] | 3977 | nargv[i++] = "-bq";
|
---|
| 3978 | if (emxbind_strip)
|
---|
| 3979 | nargv[i++] = "-s";
|
---|
| 3980 | if (dll_flag && !def_filename)
|
---|
[2275] | 3981 | gen_deffile();
|
---|
[91] | 3982 | if (def_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 3983 | {
|
---|
| 3984 | freeav[j++] = nargv[i] = ALLOCA (strlen (def_filename) + 3);
|
---|
| 3985 | strcpy (nargv[i], "-d");
|
---|
| 3986 | strcat (nargv[i], def_filename);
|
---|
| 3987 | i++;
|
---|
[2275] | 3988 | }
|
---|
[91] | 3989 | else if (dll_flag)
|
---|
| 3990 | nargv[i++] = "-d";
|
---|
| 3991 | if (stack_size != 0)
|
---|
| 3992 | {
|
---|
| 3993 | freeav[j++] = nargv[i] = ALLOCA (20);
|
---|
| 3994 | sprintf (nargv[i], "-k0x%x", stack_size);
|
---|
| 3995 | i++;
|
---|
| 3996 | }
|
---|
[2096] | 3997 | if (map_flag)
|
---|
| 3998 | {
|
---|
| 3999 | if (map_filename == NULL)
|
---|
| 4000 | {
|
---|
| 4001 | freeav[j++] = map_filename = ALLOCA (strlen (exe_filename) + 5);
|
---|
| 4002 | strcpy (map_filename, exe_filename);
|
---|
| 4003 | _remext (map_filename);
|
---|
[91] | 4004 | strcat (map_filename, ".map");
|
---|
| 4005 | }
|
---|
| 4006 | freeav[j++] = nargv[i] = ALLOCA (strlen (map_filename) + 3);
|
---|
| 4007 | strcpy (nargv[i], "-m");
|
---|
| 4008 | strcat (nargv[i], map_filename);
|
---|
| 4009 | i++;
|
---|
| 4010 | }
|
---|
| 4011 | if (res_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 4012 | {
|
---|
| 4013 | freeav[j++] = nargv[i] = ALLOCA (strlen (res_filename) + 3);
|
---|
[94] | 4014 | strcpy (nargv[i], "-r");
|
---|
[123] | 4015 | strcat (nargv[i], res_filename);
|
---|
| 4016 | i++;
|
---|
[94] | 4017 | }
|
---|
[123] | 4018 | nargv[i++] = "-o";
|
---|
[94] | 4019 | nargv[i++] = exe_filename;
|
---|
| 4020 | nargv[i++] = output_filename;
|
---|
| 4021 | nargv[i] = NULL;
|
---|
| 4022 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4023 | {
|
---|
| 4024 | fprintf(stderr, "Invoking emxbind:");
|
---|
[91] | 4025 | for (i = 0; nargv[i]; i++)
|
---|
| 4026 | fprintf(stderr, " %s", nargv[i]);
|
---|
[2275] | 4027 | fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 4028 | }
|
---|
[91] | 4029 | i = spawnvp (P_WAIT, "emxbind", nargv);
|
---|
| 4030 | saved_errno = errno; unlink (output_filename); errno = saved_errno;
|
---|
| 4031 | if (i < 0)
|
---|
| 4032 | perror_name ("emxbind");
|
---|
[2275] | 4033 | else if (i != 0)
|
---|
[91] | 4034 | fatal ("emxbind failed\n", NULL);
|
---|
| 4035 | if (chmod (exe_filename, filemode | (0111 & ~mask)) == -1)
|
---|
| 4036 | perror_name (exe_filename);
|
---|
| 4037 | if (touch_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 4038 | {
|
---|
| 4039 | char execname[512];
|
---|
| 4040 | _execname(execname, sizeof (execname));
|
---|
| 4041 | strcpy(_getname(execname), "ldstub.bin");
|
---|
| 4042 | /* Copy stub into file */
|
---|
| 4043 | if (DosCopy(execname, touch_filename, 4))
|
---|
| 4044 | {
|
---|
| 4045 | errno = EACCES;
|
---|
| 4046 | perror_name (execname);
|
---|
| 4047 | }
|
---|
| 4048 | /* Now touch it */
|
---|
| 4049 | if (utime(touch_filename, NULL))
|
---|
| 4050 | perror_name (touch_filename);
|
---|
| 4051 | }
|
---|
| 4052 | while (j-- > 0)
|
---|
[2275] | 4053 | FREEA (freeav[j]);
|
---|
[91] | 4054 | }
|
---|
| 4055 | else if (exe_filename != NULL) /* RSXNT */
|
---|
| 4056 | {
|
---|
| 4057 | char *nargv[10];
|
---|
| 4058 | char *freea = NULL;
|
---|
| 4059 | int i, saved_errno;
|
---|
| 4060 |
|
---|
| 4061 | i = 0;
|
---|
| 4062 | nargv[i++] = "ntbind";
|
---|
| 4063 | nargv[i++] = output_filename;
|
---|
| 4064 | nargv[i++] = "-o";
|
---|
| 4065 | nargv[i++] = exe_filename;
|
---|
| 4066 | nargv[i++] = "-s";
|
---|
| 4067 | if (rsxnt_linked == RSXNT_WIN32)
|
---|
| 4068 | nargv[i++] = (emxbind_strip) ? "dosstub.dos" : "dosstub.dbg";
|
---|
| 4069 | else
|
---|
| 4070 | {
|
---|
| 4071 | nargv[i++] = "dosstub.rsx";
|
---|
| 4072 | if (emxbind_strip)
|
---|
| 4073 | nargv[i++] = "-strip";
|
---|
| 4074 | }
|
---|
[2275] | 4075 | if (def_filename != NULL)
|
---|
[91] | 4076 | {
|
---|
| 4077 | nargv[i++] = "-d";
|
---|
| 4078 | freea = nargv[i] = ALLOCA (strlen (def_filename) + 3);
|
---|
[942] | 4079 | strcpy(nargv[i], def_filename);
|
---|
| 4080 | i++;
|
---|
| 4081 | }
|
---|
| 4082 | nargv[i] = NULL;
|
---|
[1207] | 4083 |
|
---|
| 4084 | i = spawnvp (P_WAIT, "ntbind", nargv);
|
---|
| 4085 | saved_errno = errno; unlink (output_filename); errno = saved_errno;
|
---|
| 4086 | if (i < 0)
|
---|
[91] | 4087 | perror_name ("ntbind");
|
---|
| 4088 | else if (i != 0)
|
---|
| 4089 | fatal ("ntbind failed\n", NULL);
|
---|
| 4090 | if (chmod (exe_filename, filemode | (0111 & ~mask)) == -1)
|
---|
| 4091 | perror_name (exe_filename);
|
---|
| 4092 | if (touch_filename != NULL)
|
---|
| 4093 | {
|
---|
| 4094 | i = open (touch_filename,
|
---|
| 4095 | O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY, 0666);
|
---|
| 4096 | if (i < 0)
|
---|
| 4097 | perror_name (touch_filename);
|
---|
| 4098 | close (i);
|
---|
| 4099 | }
|
---|
| 4100 | FREEA (freea);
|
---|
| 4101 | }
|
---|
| 4102 | }
|
---|
| 4103 | |
---|
| 4104 |
|
---|
| 4105 | void copy_text (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 4106 | void copy_data (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 4107 | void perform_relocation ( char *data, int pc_relocation, int data_size,
|
---|
| 4108 | struct relocation_info *reloc_info, int reloc_size, struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 4109 | #ifdef DEBUG_BIRD
|
---|
| 4110 | void dbg_dump_rel(struct file_entry *entry, struct relocation_info * rel,
|
---|
[942] | 4111 | size_t reloc_size, const char *desc);
|
---|
[91] | 4112 | #endif
|
---|
| 4113 |
|
---|
| 4114 | /* Relocate the text segment of each input file
|
---|
| 4115 | and write to the output file. */
|
---|
| 4116 |
|
---|
| 4117 | void
|
---|
| 4118 | write_text ()
|
---|
| 4119 | {
|
---|
| 4120 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4121 | fprintf (stderr, "Copying and relocating text:\n\n");
|
---|
| 4122 |
|
---|
| 4123 | lseek (outdesc, output_text_offset + text_header_size, 0);
|
---|
| 4124 |
|
---|
| 4125 | each_full_file (copy_text, 0);
|
---|
| 4126 | file_close ();
|
---|
| 4127 |
|
---|
| 4128 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4129 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 4130 |
|
---|
| 4131 | padfile (text_pad, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4132 | }
|
---|
| 4133 |
|
---|
| 4134 | /* Read in all of the relocation information */
|
---|
| 4135 |
|
---|
| 4136 | void
|
---|
| 4137 | read_relocation (void)
|
---|
| 4138 | {
|
---|
| 4139 | each_full_file (read_file_relocation, 0);
|
---|
| 4140 | }
|
---|
| 4141 |
|
---|
| 4142 | /* Read in the relocation sections of ENTRY if necessary */
|
---|
| 4143 |
|
---|
| 4144 | void
|
---|
| 4145 | read_file_relocation (entry)
|
---|
| 4146 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4147 | {
|
---|
| 4148 | register struct relocation_info *reloc;
|
---|
[1207] | 4149 | int desc;
|
---|
| 4150 | int read_return;
|
---|
| 4151 |
|
---|
| 4152 | desc = -1;
|
---|
[91] | 4153 | if (!entry->textrel)
|
---|
| 4154 | {
|
---|
| 4155 | reloc = (struct relocation_info *) xmalloc (entry->text_reloc_size);
|
---|
| 4156 | desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
| 4157 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->text_reloc_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4158 | if (entry->text_reloc_size != (read_return = read (desc, reloc, entry->text_reloc_size)))
|
---|
| 4159 | {
|
---|
| 4160 | fprintf (stderr, "Return from read: %d\n", read_return);
|
---|
| 4161 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in text relocation of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4162 | }
|
---|
| 4163 | entry->textrel = reloc;
|
---|
| 4164 | }
|
---|
| 4165 |
|
---|
[2275] | 4166 | if (!entry->datarel)
|
---|
[91] | 4167 | {
|
---|
| 4168 | reloc = (struct relocation_info *) xmalloc (entry->data_reloc_size);
|
---|
| 4169 | if (desc == -1) desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
| 4170 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->data_reloc_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4171 | if (entry->data_reloc_size != read (desc, reloc, entry->data_reloc_size))
|
---|
| 4172 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in data relocation of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4173 | entry->datarel = reloc;
|
---|
| 4174 | }
|
---|
[2275] | 4175 | #ifdef DEBUG_BIRD
|
---|
[91] | 4176 | dbg_dump_rel(entry, entry->textrel, entry->text_reloc_size, "text");
|
---|
| 4177 | dbg_dump_rel(entry, entry->datarel, entry->data_reloc_size, "data");
|
---|
| 4178 | #endif
|
---|
| 4179 | }
|
---|
| 4180 |
|
---|
| 4181 | /* Read the text segment contents of ENTRY, relocate them,
|
---|
| 4182 | and write the result to the output file.
|
---|
| 4183 | If `-r', save the text relocation for later reuse. */
|
---|
| 4184 |
|
---|
| 4185 | void
|
---|
| 4186 | copy_text (entry)
|
---|
[2275] | 4187 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4188 | {
|
---|
[91] | 4189 | register char *bytes;
|
---|
| 4190 | register int desc;
|
---|
| 4191 | register struct relocation_info *reloc;
|
---|
| 4192 | int free_reloc = 0;
|
---|
| 4193 |
|
---|
| 4194 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4195 | prline_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 4196 |
|
---|
| 4197 | desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
| 4198 |
|
---|
| 4199 | /* Allocate space for the file's text section */
|
---|
| 4200 |
|
---|
| 4201 | bytes = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->text_size);
|
---|
| 4202 |
|
---|
| 4203 | /* Deal with relocation information however is appropriate */
|
---|
| 4204 |
|
---|
| 4205 | if (entry->textrel) reloc = entry->textrel;
|
---|
| 4206 | else if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE || reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 4207 | {
|
---|
[3763] | 4208 | read_file_relocation (entry);
|
---|
[1998] | 4209 | reloc = entry->textrel;
|
---|
[2275] | 4210 | }
|
---|
| 4211 | else
|
---|
| 4212 | {
|
---|
[91] | 4213 | free_reloc = 1;
|
---|
[1207] | 4214 | reloc = (struct relocation_info *) ALLOCA (entry->text_reloc_size);
|
---|
| 4215 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->text_reloc_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4216 | if (entry->text_reloc_size != read (desc, reloc, entry->text_reloc_size))
|
---|
| 4217 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in text relocation of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4218 | }
|
---|
| 4219 |
|
---|
| 4220 | /* Read the text section into core. */
|
---|
| 4221 |
|
---|
| 4222 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->text_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4223 | if (entry->text_size != read (desc, bytes, entry->text_size))
|
---|
| 4224 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in text section of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4225 |
|
---|
| 4226 | /* Relocate the text according to the text relocation. */
|
---|
| 4227 |
|
---|
| 4228 | perform_relocation (bytes, entry->text_start_address - entry->orig_text_address,
|
---|
| 4229 | entry->text_size, reloc, entry->text_reloc_size, entry);
|
---|
| 4230 |
|
---|
| 4231 | /* Write the relocated text to the output file. */
|
---|
| 4232 |
|
---|
| 4233 | mywrite (bytes, 1, entry->text_size, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4234 | padfile ((SECTION_ALIGN - entry->text_size) & SECTION_ALIGN_MASK, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4235 |
|
---|
| 4236 | FREEA (bytes);
|
---|
| 4237 | if (free_reloc)
|
---|
| 4238 | FREEA (reloc);
|
---|
| 4239 | }
|
---|
| 4240 |
|
---|
| 4241 | #ifdef DEBUG_BIRD
|
---|
| 4242 | void dbg_dump_rel(struct file_entry *entry, struct relocation_info * rel,
|
---|
| 4243 | size_t reloc_size, const char *desc)
|
---|
| 4244 | {
|
---|
| 4245 | struct relocation_info *relend = (struct relocation_info *)((char*)rel + reloc_size);
|
---|
| 4246 | int i;
|
---|
| 4247 |
|
---|
| 4248 | fprintf(stderr,
|
---|
| 4249 | "dbg: %s relocations %s:\n"
|
---|
| 4250 | "dbg: rel - Address len sym# attrs\n",
|
---|
| 4251 | desc, entry->filename);
|
---|
| 4252 | i = 0;
|
---|
| 4253 | while (rel < relend)
|
---|
| 4254 | {
|
---|
| 4255 | fprintf(stderr, "dbg: %3d - %08x 2^%d %06x %s%s",
|
---|
| 4256 | i,
|
---|
| 4257 | rel->r_address,
|
---|
| 4258 | rel->r_length,
|
---|
| 4259 | rel->r_symbolnum,
|
---|
[91] | 4260 | rel->r_extern ? "Extrn " : " ",
|
---|
| 4261 | rel->r_pcrel ? "PCRel " : " "
|
---|
| 4262 | );
|
---|
| 4263 | if (rel->r_extern)
|
---|
| 4264 | { /* find the symbol. */
|
---|
| 4265 | struct nlist *s = &entry->symbols[rel->r_symbolnum];
|
---|
| 4266 | fprintf(stderr, " s.val:%08lx s.typ:%02x s.des:%04x s.oth:%02x",
|
---|
| 4267 | s->n_value,
|
---|
| 4268 | (unsigned)s->n_type,
|
---|
| 4269 | s->n_desc,
|
---|
| 4270 | (unsigned)s->n_other);
|
---|
| 4271 | if (s->n_un.n_strx < 0x20000)
|
---|
| 4272 | fprintf(stderr, " !!bad symbol ptr %p", s->n_un.n_name);
|
---|
| 4273 | else
|
---|
| 4274 | {
|
---|
| 4275 | struct glosym *sym = (struct glosym *)s->n_un.n_name;
|
---|
| 4276 | fprintf(stderr, " %s", sym->name);
|
---|
| 4277 | }
|
---|
| 4278 | }
|
---|
| 4279 | fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 4280 | /* next */
|
---|
| 4281 | i++;
|
---|
| 4282 | rel++;
|
---|
| 4283 | }
|
---|
| 4284 | }
|
---|
| 4285 | #endif
|
---|
| 4286 | |
---|
| 4287 |
|
---|
| 4288 | /* Relocate the data segment of each input file
|
---|
| 4289 | and write to the output file. */
|
---|
| 4290 |
|
---|
| 4291 | void
|
---|
| 4292 | write_data ()
|
---|
| 4293 | {
|
---|
| 4294 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4295 | fprintf (stderr, "Copying and relocating data:\n\n");
|
---|
| 4296 |
|
---|
| 4297 | lseek (outdesc, output_data_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 4298 |
|
---|
| 4299 | each_full_file (copy_data, 0);
|
---|
| 4300 | file_close ();
|
---|
| 4301 |
|
---|
[2275] | 4302 | /* Write out the set element vectors. See digest symbols for
|
---|
[91] | 4303 | description of length of the set vector section. */
|
---|
| 4304 |
|
---|
| 4305 | padfile (set_sect_pad, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4306 |
|
---|
| 4307 | if (set_vector_count)
|
---|
| 4308 | mywrite (set_vectors, set_symbol_count + 2 * set_vector_count,
|
---|
[2275] | 4309 | sizeof (unsigned long), outdesc);
|
---|
[91] | 4310 |
|
---|
| 4311 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4312 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 4313 |
|
---|
| 4314 | padfile (data_pad, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4315 | }
|
---|
| 4316 |
|
---|
| 4317 | /* Read the data segment contents of ENTRY, relocate them,
|
---|
| 4318 | and write the result to the output file.
|
---|
[2275] | 4319 | If `-r', save the data relocation for later reuse.
|
---|
| 4320 | See comments in `copy_text'. */
|
---|
[91] | 4321 |
|
---|
| 4322 | void
|
---|
| 4323 | copy_data (entry)
|
---|
| 4324 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4325 | {
|
---|
| 4326 | register struct relocation_info *reloc;
|
---|
| 4327 | register char *bytes;
|
---|
| 4328 | register int desc;
|
---|
| 4329 | int free_reloc = 0;
|
---|
| 4330 |
|
---|
| 4331 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4332 | prline_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 4333 |
|
---|
[94] | 4334 | desc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
[1998] | 4335 |
|
---|
[2275] | 4336 | bytes = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->data_size);
|
---|
| 4337 |
|
---|
| 4338 | if (entry->datarel) reloc = entry->datarel;
|
---|
[91] | 4339 | else if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE || reloc_flag) /* Will need this again */
|
---|
| 4340 | {
|
---|
| 4341 | read_file_relocation (entry);
|
---|
| 4342 | reloc = entry->datarel;
|
---|
| 4343 | }
|
---|
| 4344 | else
|
---|
| 4345 | {
|
---|
| 4346 | free_reloc = 1;
|
---|
| 4347 | reloc = (struct relocation_info *) ALLOCA (entry->data_reloc_size);
|
---|
| 4348 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->data_reloc_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4349 | if (entry->data_reloc_size != read (desc, reloc, entry->data_reloc_size))
|
---|
| 4350 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in data relocation of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4351 | }
|
---|
| 4352 |
|
---|
| 4353 | lseek (desc, entry->starting_offset + entry->data_offset, L_SET);
|
---|
| 4354 | if (entry->data_size != read (desc, bytes, entry->data_size))
|
---|
| 4355 | fatal_with_file ("premature eof in data section of ", entry);
|
---|
| 4356 |
|
---|
| 4357 | perform_relocation (bytes, entry->data_start_address - entry->orig_data_address,
|
---|
| 4358 | entry->data_size, reloc, entry->data_reloc_size, entry);
|
---|
| 4359 |
|
---|
| 4360 | mywrite (bytes, 1, entry->data_size, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4361 | padfile ((SECTION_ALIGN - entry->data_size) & SECTION_ALIGN_MASK, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4362 |
|
---|
| 4363 | FREEA (bytes);
|
---|
| 4364 | if (free_reloc)
|
---|
| 4365 | FREEA (reloc);
|
---|
| 4366 | }
|
---|
| 4367 | |
---|
| 4368 |
|
---|
| 4369 | /* Relocate ENTRY's text or data section contents.
|
---|
| 4370 | DATA is the address of the contents, in core.
|
---|
| 4371 | DATA_SIZE is the length of the contents.
|
---|
| 4372 | PC_RELOCATION is the difference between the address of the contents
|
---|
| 4373 | in the output file and its address in the input file.
|
---|
| 4374 | RELOC_INFO is the address of the relocation info, in core.
|
---|
| 4375 | RELOC_SIZE is its length in bytes. */
|
---|
| 4376 | /* This version is about to be severly hacked by Randy. Hope it
|
---|
| 4377 | works afterwards. */
|
---|
| 4378 | void
|
---|
| 4379 | perform_relocation (data, pc_relocation, data_size, reloc_info, reloc_size, entry)
|
---|
| 4380 | char *data;
|
---|
| 4381 | struct relocation_info *reloc_info;
|
---|
| 4382 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4383 | int pc_relocation;
|
---|
| 4384 | int data_size;
|
---|
| 4385 | int reloc_size;
|
---|
| 4386 | {
|
---|
| 4387 | register struct relocation_info *p = reloc_info;
|
---|
| 4388 | struct relocation_info *end
|
---|
| 4389 | = reloc_info + reloc_size / sizeof (struct relocation_info);
|
---|
| 4390 | int text_relocation = entry->text_start_address - entry->orig_text_address;
|
---|
| 4391 | int data_relocation = entry->data_start_address - entry->orig_data_address;
|
---|
| 4392 | int bss_relocation = entry->bss_start_address - entry->orig_bss_address;
|
---|
| 4393 |
|
---|
| 4394 | for (; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 4395 | {
|
---|
| 4396 | register int relocation = 0;
|
---|
| 4397 | register int addr = RELOC_ADDRESS(p);
|
---|
| 4398 | register unsigned int mask = 0;
|
---|
| 4399 |
|
---|
| 4400 | if (addr >= data_size)
|
---|
| 4401 | fatal_with_file ("relocation address out of range in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4402 |
|
---|
| 4403 | if (RELOC_EXTERN_P(p))
|
---|
| 4404 | {
|
---|
| 4405 | int symindex = RELOC_SYMBOL (p) * sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 4406 | symbol *sp = ((symbol *)
|
---|
| 4407 | (((struct nlist *)
|
---|
| 4408 | (((char *)entry->symbols) + symindex))
|
---|
| 4409 | ->n_un.n_name));
|
---|
| 4410 |
|
---|
| 4411 | #ifdef N_INDR
|
---|
| 4412 | /* Resolve indirection */
|
---|
| 4413 | if ((sp->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_INDR)
|
---|
| 4414 | sp = (symbol *) sp->value;
|
---|
| 4415 | #endif
|
---|
| 4416 |
|
---|
| 4417 | if (symindex >= entry->syms_size)
|
---|
| 4418 | fatal_with_file ("relocation symbolnum out of range in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4419 |
|
---|
| 4420 | /* If the symbol is undefined, leave it at zero. */
|
---|
| 4421 | if (! sp->defined)
|
---|
| 4422 | relocation = 0;
|
---|
| 4423 | else
|
---|
| 4424 | relocation = sp->value;
|
---|
| 4425 | }
|
---|
| 4426 | else switch (RELOC_TYPE(p))
|
---|
| 4427 | {
|
---|
| 4428 | case N_TEXT:
|
---|
| 4429 | case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 4430 | relocation = text_relocation;
|
---|
| 4431 | break;
|
---|
| 4432 |
|
---|
| 4433 | case N_DATA:
|
---|
| 4434 | case N_DATA | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 4435 | relocation = data_relocation;
|
---|
| 4436 | break;
|
---|
| 4437 |
|
---|
| 4438 | case N_BSS:
|
---|
| 4439 | case N_BSS | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 4440 | relocation = bss_relocation;
|
---|
| 4441 | break;
|
---|
| 4442 |
|
---|
| 4443 | case N_ABS:
|
---|
| 4444 | case N_ABS | N_EXT:
|
---|
| 4445 | /* Don't know why this code would occur, but apparently it does. */
|
---|
| 4446 | break;
|
---|
| 4447 |
|
---|
| 4448 | default:
|
---|
| 4449 | fatal_with_file ("nonexternal relocation code invalid in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4450 | }
|
---|
| 4451 |
|
---|
| 4452 | if (RELOC_PCREL_P(p))
|
---|
| 4453 | relocation -= pc_relocation;
|
---|
| 4454 |
|
---|
| 4455 | #ifdef RELOC_ADD_EXTRA
|
---|
| 4456 | relocation += RELOC_ADD_EXTRA(p);
|
---|
| 4457 | if (output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE)
|
---|
[94] | 4458 | {
|
---|
[91] | 4459 | /* If this RELOC_ADD_EXTRA is 0, it means that the
|
---|
| 4460 | symbol was external and the relocation does not
|
---|
| 4461 | need a fixup here. */
|
---|
| 4462 | if (RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p))
|
---|
| 4463 | {
|
---|
| 4464 | if (! RELOC_PCREL_P (p))
|
---|
| 4465 | RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p) = relocation;
|
---|
| 4466 | else
|
---|
| 4467 | RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p) -= pc_relocation;
|
---|
| 4468 | }
|
---|
| 4469 | #if 0
|
---|
| 4470 | if (! RELOC_PCREL_P (p))
|
---|
| 4471 | {
|
---|
| 4472 | if ((int)p->r_type <= RELOC_32
|
---|
| 4473 | || RELOC_EXTERN_P (p) == 0)
|
---|
| 4474 | RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p) = relocation;
|
---|
| 4475 | }
|
---|
| 4476 | else if (RELOC_EXTERN_P (p))
|
---|
| 4477 | RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p) -= pc_relocation;
|
---|
| 4478 | #endif
|
---|
| 4479 | continue;
|
---|
| 4480 | }
|
---|
| 4481 | #endif
|
---|
| 4482 |
|
---|
| 4483 | relocation >>= RELOC_VALUE_RIGHTSHIFT(p);
|
---|
| 4484 |
|
---|
| 4485 | /* Unshifted mask for relocation */
|
---|
| 4486 | mask = (1 << RELOC_TARGET_BITSIZE(p)) - 1;
|
---|
| 4487 | relocation &= mask;
|
---|
| 4488 |
|
---|
| 4489 | /* Shift everything up to where it's going to be used */
|
---|
| 4490 | relocation <<= RELOC_TARGET_BITPOS(p);
|
---|
| 4491 | mask <<= RELOC_TARGET_BITPOS(p);
|
---|
| 4492 |
|
---|
| 4493 | switch (RELOC_TARGET_SIZE(p))
|
---|
| 4494 | {
|
---|
| 4495 | case 0:
|
---|
| 4496 | if (RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P(p))
|
---|
| 4497 | relocation -= mask & *(char *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4498 | else if (RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P(p))
|
---|
| 4499 | relocation += mask & *(char *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4500 | *(char *) (data + addr) &= ~mask;
|
---|
| 4501 | *(char *) (data + addr) |= relocation;
|
---|
| 4502 | break;
|
---|
| 4503 |
|
---|
| 4504 | case 1:
|
---|
| 4505 | if (RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P(p))
|
---|
| 4506 | relocation -= mask & *(short *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4507 | else if (RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P(p))
|
---|
| 4508 | relocation += mask & *(short *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4509 | *(short *) (data + addr) &= ~mask;
|
---|
| 4510 | *(short *) (data + addr) |= relocation;
|
---|
| 4511 | break;
|
---|
| 4512 |
|
---|
| 4513 | case 2:
|
---|
| 4514 | #ifdef CROSS_LINKER
|
---|
| 4515 | /* This is necessary if the host has stricter alignment
|
---|
| 4516 | than the target. Too slow to use all the time.
|
---|
| 4517 | Also doesn't deal with differing byte-order. */
|
---|
| 4518 | {
|
---|
| 4519 | /* Thing to relocate. */
|
---|
[942] | 4520 | long thing;
|
---|
| 4521 | bcopy (data + addr, &thing, sizeof (thing));
|
---|
[91] | 4522 | if (RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P (p))
|
---|
| 4523 | relocation -= mask & thing;
|
---|
| 4524 | else if (RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P (p))
|
---|
| 4525 | relocation += mask & thing;
|
---|
| 4526 | thing = (thing & ~mask) | relocation;
|
---|
| 4527 | bcopy (&thing, data + addr, sizeof (thing));
|
---|
| 4528 | }
|
---|
| 4529 | #else /* not CROSS_LINKER */
|
---|
| 4530 | if (RELOC_MEMORY_SUB_P(p))
|
---|
| 4531 | relocation -= mask & *(long *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4532 | else if (RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P(p))
|
---|
| 4533 | relocation += mask & *(long *) (data + addr);
|
---|
| 4534 | *(long *) (data + addr) &= ~mask;
|
---|
| 4535 | *(long *) (data + addr) |= relocation;
|
---|
| 4536 | #endif /* not CROSS_LINKER */
|
---|
| 4537 | break;
|
---|
| 4538 |
|
---|
| 4539 | default:
|
---|
| 4540 | fatal_with_file ("Unimplemented relocation field length in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4541 | }
|
---|
| 4542 | }
|
---|
| 4543 | }
|
---|
| 4544 | |
---|
| 4545 |
|
---|
| 4546 | /* For OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE only: write out the relocation,
|
---|
| 4547 | relocating the addresses-to-be-relocated. */
|
---|
[236] | 4548 |
|
---|
[91] | 4549 | void coptxtrel (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 4550 | void copdatrel (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 4551 |
|
---|
| 4552 | void
|
---|
| 4553 | write_rel ()
|
---|
| 4554 | {
|
---|
| 4555 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4556 | register int count = 0;
|
---|
| 4557 |
|
---|
| 4558 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4559 | fprintf (stderr, "Writing text relocation:\n\n");
|
---|
| 4560 |
|
---|
| 4561 | /* Assign each global symbol a sequence number, giving the order
|
---|
| 4562 | in which `write_syms' will write it.
|
---|
| 4563 | This is so we can store the proper symbolnum fields
|
---|
| 4564 | in relocation entries we write. */
|
---|
| 4565 |
|
---|
| 4566 | for (i = 0; i < TABSIZE; i++)
|
---|
| 4567 | {
|
---|
| 4568 | symbol *sp;
|
---|
| 4569 | for (sp = symtab[i]; sp; sp = sp->link)
|
---|
| 4570 | if (sp->referenced || sp->defined)
|
---|
| 4571 | {
|
---|
| 4572 | sp->def_count = count++;
|
---|
| 4573 | /* Leave room for the reference required by N_INDR, if
|
---|
| 4574 | necessary. */
|
---|
| 4575 | if ((sp->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_INDR)
|
---|
| 4576 | if (!reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 4577 | count++;
|
---|
| 4578 | }
|
---|
| 4579 | }
|
---|
| 4580 | /* Correct, because if (OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE), we will also be writing
|
---|
| 4581 | whatever indirect blocks we have. */
|
---|
| 4582 | if (count != defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4583 | + undefined_global_sym_count + global_indirect_count)
|
---|
| 4584 | fatal ("internal error");
|
---|
[942] | 4585 |
|
---|
[91] | 4586 | /* Write out the relocations of all files, remembered from copy_text. */
|
---|
| 4587 |
|
---|
| 4588 | lseek (outdesc, output_trel_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 4589 | each_full_file (coptxtrel, 0);
|
---|
| 4590 |
|
---|
| 4591 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4592 | fprintf (stderr, "\nWriting data relocation:\n\n");
|
---|
| 4593 |
|
---|
| 4594 | lseek (outdesc, output_drel_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 4595 | each_full_file (copdatrel, 0);
|
---|
| 4596 | if (reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 4597 | {
|
---|
| 4598 | int i;
|
---|
| 4599 | int n = set_sect_size / sizeof (unsigned long);
|
---|
| 4600 | struct relocation_info reloc;
|
---|
| 4601 |
|
---|
| 4602 | memset (&reloc, 0, sizeof (reloc));
|
---|
| 4603 | RELOC_PCREL_P (&reloc) = 0;
|
---|
| 4604 | RELOC_TARGET_SIZE (&reloc) = 2;
|
---|
| 4605 | RELOC_EXTERN_P (&reloc) = 0;
|
---|
| 4606 | for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
---|
| 4607 | switch (set_reloc[i] & ~N_EXT)
|
---|
| 4608 | {
|
---|
| 4609 | case N_TEXT:
|
---|
| 4610 | case N_DATA:
|
---|
| 4611 | RELOC_SYMBOL (&reloc) = set_reloc[i] & ~N_EXT;
|
---|
| 4612 | RELOC_ADDRESS (&reloc)
|
---|
| 4613 | = set_sect_start + i * sizeof (unsigned long) - data_start;
|
---|
| 4614 | mywrite (&reloc, sizeof (reloc), 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4615 | break;
|
---|
| 4616 | case N_ABS:
|
---|
| 4617 | break;
|
---|
| 4618 | default:
|
---|
| 4619 | fatal ("N_SETB not supported", (char *)0);
|
---|
| 4620 | }
|
---|
| 4621 | }
|
---|
| 4622 |
|
---|
| 4623 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 4624 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 4625 | }
|
---|
| 4626 |
|
---|
| 4627 | void
|
---|
| 4628 | coptxtrel (entry)
|
---|
| 4629 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4630 | {
|
---|
| 4631 | register struct relocation_info *p, *end;
|
---|
| 4632 | register int reloc = entry->text_start_address - text_start;
|
---|
| 4633 |
|
---|
| 4634 | p = entry->textrel;
|
---|
| 4635 | end = (struct relocation_info *) (entry->text_reloc_size + (char *) p);
|
---|
| 4636 | while (p < end)
|
---|
| 4637 | {
|
---|
| 4638 | RELOC_ADDRESS(p) += reloc;
|
---|
| 4639 | if (RELOC_EXTERN_P(p))
|
---|
| 4640 | {
|
---|
| 4641 | register int symindex = RELOC_SYMBOL(p) * sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 4642 | symbol *symptr = ((symbol *)
|
---|
| 4643 | (((struct nlist *)
|
---|
| 4644 | (((char *)entry->symbols) + symindex))
|
---|
| 4645 | ->n_un.n_name));
|
---|
| 4646 |
|
---|
| 4647 | if (symindex >= entry->syms_size)
|
---|
| 4648 | fatal_with_file ("relocation symbolnum out of range in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4649 |
|
---|
| 4650 | #ifdef N_INDR
|
---|
| 4651 | /* Resolve indirection. */
|
---|
| 4652 | if ((symptr->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_INDR)
|
---|
| 4653 | symptr = (symbol *) symptr->value;
|
---|
| 4654 | #endif
|
---|
| 4655 |
|
---|
| 4656 | /* If the symbol is now defined, change the external relocation
|
---|
| 4657 | to an internal one. */
|
---|
| 4658 |
|
---|
| 4659 | if (symptr->defined && symptr->defined != (N_IMP1 | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 4660 | {
|
---|
| 4661 | RELOC_EXTERN_P(p) = 0;
|
---|
| 4662 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = (symptr->defined & ~N_EXT);
|
---|
| 4663 | if (RELOC_SYMBOL (p) == N_SETV)
|
---|
| 4664 | RELOC_SYMBOL (p) = N_DATA;
|
---|
| 4665 | #ifdef RELOC_ADD_EXTRA
|
---|
| 4666 | /* If we aren't going to be adding in the value in
|
---|
| 4667 | memory on the next pass of the loader, then we need
|
---|
| 4668 | to add it in from the relocation entry. Otherwise
|
---|
| 4669 | the work we did in this pass is lost. */
|
---|
| 4670 | if (!RELOC_MEMORY_ADD_P(p))
|
---|
| 4671 | RELOC_ADD_EXTRA (p) += symptr->value;
|
---|
| 4672 | #endif
|
---|
| 4673 | }
|
---|
| 4674 | else
|
---|
| 4675 | /* Debugger symbols come first, so have to start this
|
---|
| 4676 | after them. */
|
---|
| 4677 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = (symptr->def_count + nsyms
|
---|
| 4678 | - defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
[236] | 4679 | - undefined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4680 | - global_indirect_count);
|
---|
[91] | 4681 | }
|
---|
| 4682 | p++;
|
---|
[236] | 4683 | }
|
---|
[91] | 4684 |
|
---|
| 4685 | mywrite (entry->textrel, 1, entry->text_reloc_size, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4686 | }
|
---|
| 4687 |
|
---|
| 4688 | void
|
---|
| 4689 | copdatrel (entry)
|
---|
| 4690 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 4691 | {
|
---|
[236] | 4692 | register struct relocation_info *p, *end;
|
---|
[142] | 4693 | /* Relocate the address of the relocation.
|
---|
[94] | 4694 | Old address is relative to start of the input file's data section.
|
---|
[236] | 4695 | New address is relative to start of the output file's data section.
|
---|
| 4696 |
|
---|
| 4697 | So the amount we need to relocate it by is the offset of this
|
---|
[91] | 4698 | input file's data section within the output file's data section. */
|
---|
| 4699 | register int reloc = entry->data_start_address - data_start;
|
---|
| 4700 |
|
---|
| 4701 | p = entry->datarel;
|
---|
| 4702 | end = (struct relocation_info *) (entry->data_reloc_size + (char *) p);
|
---|
| 4703 | while (p < end)
|
---|
| 4704 | {
|
---|
| 4705 | RELOC_ADDRESS(p) += reloc;
|
---|
| 4706 | if (RELOC_EXTERN_P(p))
|
---|
[236] | 4707 | {
|
---|
[91] | 4708 | register int symindex = RELOC_SYMBOL(p);
|
---|
| 4709 | symbol *symptr = (symbol *)(entry->symbols [symindex].n_un.n_name);
|
---|
| 4710 | int symtype;
|
---|
[236] | 4711 |
|
---|
| 4712 | if (symindex >= (entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist)))
|
---|
| 4713 | fatal_with_file ("relocation symbolnum out of range in ", entry);
|
---|
| 4714 |
|
---|
| 4715 | #ifdef N_INDR
|
---|
| 4716 | /* Resolve indirection. */
|
---|
| 4717 | if ((symptr->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_INDR)
|
---|
| 4718 | symptr = (symbol *) symptr->value;
|
---|
| 4719 | #endif
|
---|
| 4720 |
|
---|
| 4721 | symtype = symptr->defined & ~N_EXT;
|
---|
| 4722 |
|
---|
| 4723 | if (force_common_definition
|
---|
| 4724 | || (reloc_flag && symtype != N_IMP1)
|
---|
| 4725 | || symtype == N_DATA || symtype == N_TEXT
|
---|
| 4726 | || symtype == N_ABS || symtype == N_BSS)
|
---|
| 4727 | {
|
---|
| 4728 | if (symtype == N_SETV)
|
---|
| 4729 | symtype = N_DATA;
|
---|
| 4730 | RELOC_EXTERN_P(p) = 0;
|
---|
| 4731 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = symtype;
|
---|
| 4732 | }
|
---|
| 4733 | else
|
---|
| 4734 | /* Debugger symbols come first, so have to start this
|
---|
[91] | 4735 | after them. */
|
---|
| 4736 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = (symptr->def_count
|
---|
| 4737 | + nsyms - defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4738 | - undefined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4739 | - global_indirect_count);
|
---|
| 4740 |
|
---|
| 4741 | #if 0
|
---|
| 4742 | if ((symtype = symptr->defined) != (N_IMP1 | N_EXT))
|
---|
[942] | 4743 | symtype = symptr->defined & ~N_EXT;
|
---|
| 4744 |
|
---|
[91] | 4745 | if ((force_common_definition || reloc_flag)
|
---|
| 4746 | && (symtype != (N_IMP1 | N_EXT)))
|
---|
| 4747 | {
|
---|
| 4748 | if (force_common_definition
|
---|
| 4749 | || symtype == N_DATA || symtype == N_TEXT || symtype == N_ABS)
|
---|
| 4750 | {
|
---|
| 4751 | if (symtype == N_SETV)
|
---|
| 4752 | symtype = N_DATA;
|
---|
| 4753 | RELOC_EXTERN_P(p) = 0;
|
---|
| 4754 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = symtype;
|
---|
| 4755 | }
|
---|
| 4756 | else
|
---|
| 4757 | /* Debugger symbols come first, so have to start this
|
---|
| 4758 | after them. */
|
---|
| 4759 | RELOC_SYMBOL(p) = (symptr->def_count
|
---|
| 4760 | + nsyms - defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4761 | - undefined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4762 | - global_indirect_count);
|
---|
| 4763 | }
|
---|
| 4764 | #endif
|
---|
| 4765 | }
|
---|
| 4766 | p++;
|
---|
| 4767 | }
|
---|
| 4768 |
|
---|
| 4769 | mywrite (entry->datarel, 1, entry->data_reloc_size, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4770 | }
|
---|
| 4771 | |
---|
| 4772 |
|
---|
| 4773 | void write_file_syms (struct file_entry *entry, int *syms_written_addr);
|
---|
| 4774 | void write_string_table (void);
|
---|
| 4775 |
|
---|
| 4776 | /* Total size of string table strings allocated so far,
|
---|
| 4777 | including strings in `strtab_vector'. */
|
---|
| 4778 | int strtab_size;
|
---|
| 4779 |
|
---|
| 4780 | /* Vector whose elements are strings to be added to the string table. */
|
---|
| 4781 | char **strtab_vector;
|
---|
| 4782 |
|
---|
| 4783 | /* Vector whose elements are the lengths of those strings. */
|
---|
[942] | 4784 | int *strtab_lens;
|
---|
[91] | 4785 |
|
---|
| 4786 | /* Index in `strtab_vector' at which the next string will be stored. */
|
---|
| 4787 | int strtab_index;
|
---|
| 4788 |
|
---|
| 4789 | /* Add the string NAME to the output file string table.
|
---|
| 4790 | Record it in `strtab_vector' to be output later.
|
---|
| 4791 | Return the index within the string table that this string will have. */
|
---|
| 4792 |
|
---|
| 4793 | int
|
---|
| 4794 | assign_string_table_index (name)
|
---|
| 4795 | char *name;
|
---|
| 4796 | {
|
---|
| 4797 | register int index = strtab_size;
|
---|
| 4798 | register int len = strlen (name) + 1;
|
---|
| 4799 |
|
---|
| 4800 | strtab_size += len;
|
---|
| 4801 | strtab_vector[strtab_index] = name;
|
---|
| 4802 | strtab_lens[strtab_index++] = len;
|
---|
| 4803 |
|
---|
| 4804 | return index;
|
---|
| 4805 | }
|
---|
| 4806 |
|
---|
| 4807 | FILE *outstream = (FILE *) 0;
|
---|
| 4808 |
|
---|
| 4809 | /* Write the contents of `strtab_vector' into the string table.
|
---|
| 4810 | This is done once for each file's local&debugger symbols
|
---|
| 4811 | and once for the global symbols. */
|
---|
| 4812 |
|
---|
| 4813 | void
|
---|
| 4814 | write_string_table (void)
|
---|
| 4815 | {
|
---|
| 4816 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4817 |
|
---|
| 4818 | lseek (outdesc, output_strs_offset + output_strs_size, 0);
|
---|
[2275] | 4819 |
|
---|
[91] | 4820 | if (!outstream)
|
---|
| 4821 | outstream = fdopen (outdesc, "wb");
|
---|
[236] | 4822 |
|
---|
[91] | 4823 | for (i = 0; i < strtab_index; i++)
|
---|
| 4824 | {
|
---|
| 4825 | fwrite (strtab_vector[i], 1, strtab_lens[i], outstream);
|
---|
| 4826 | output_strs_size += strtab_lens[i];
|
---|
| 4827 | }
|
---|
| 4828 |
|
---|
| 4829 | fflush (outstream);
|
---|
| 4830 |
|
---|
| 4831 | /* Report I/O error such as disk full. */
|
---|
| 4832 | if (ferror (outstream))
|
---|
| 4833 | perror_name (output_filename);
|
---|
| 4834 | }
|
---|
| 4835 | |
---|
| 4836 |
|
---|
[259] | 4837 | /* Write the symbol table and string table of the output file. */
|
---|
[91] | 4838 |
|
---|
| 4839 | void
|
---|
| 4840 | write_syms ()
|
---|
| 4841 | {
|
---|
| 4842 | /* Number of symbols written so far. */
|
---|
| 4843 | int syms_written = 0;
|
---|
| 4844 | register int i;
|
---|
| 4845 | register symbol *sp;
|
---|
[2275] | 4846 |
|
---|
[91] | 4847 | /* Buffer big enough for all the global symbols. One
|
---|
[2275] | 4848 | extra struct for each indirect symbol to hold the extra reference
|
---|
[91] | 4849 | following. */
|
---|
| 4850 | struct nlist *buf = (struct nlist *) ALLOCA ((defined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4851 | + undefined_global_sym_count
|
---|
| 4852 | + global_indirect_count)
|
---|
| 4853 | * sizeof (struct nlist));
|
---|
| 4854 | /* Pointer for storing into BUF. */
|
---|
| 4855 | register struct nlist *bufp = buf;
|
---|
| 4856 |
|
---|
| 4857 | /* Size of string table includes the bytes that store the size. */
|
---|
| 4858 | strtab_size = sizeof strtab_size;
|
---|
| 4859 |
|
---|
| 4860 | output_syms_size = 0;
|
---|
| 4861 | output_strs_size = strtab_size;
|
---|
| 4862 |
|
---|
| 4863 | if (strip_symbols == STRIP_ALL)
|
---|
| 4864 | return;
|
---|
| 4865 |
|
---|
| 4866 | /* Write the local symbols defined by the various files. */
|
---|
| 4867 |
|
---|
| 4868 | each_file (write_file_syms, (int)&syms_written);
|
---|
| 4869 | file_close ();
|
---|
| 4870 |
|
---|
| 4871 | /* Now write out the global symbols. */
|
---|
| 4872 |
|
---|
| 4873 | /* Allocate two vectors that record the data to generate the string
|
---|
| 4874 | table from the global symbols written so far. This must include
|
---|
| 4875 | extra space for the references following indirect outputs. */
|
---|
| 4876 |
|
---|
| 4877 | strtab_vector = (char **) ALLOCA ((num_hash_tab_syms
|
---|
| 4878 | + global_indirect_count) * sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 4879 | strtab_lens = (int *) ALLOCA ((num_hash_tab_syms
|
---|
| 4880 | + global_indirect_count) * sizeof (int));
|
---|
| 4881 | strtab_index = 0;
|
---|
| 4882 |
|
---|
| 4883 | /* Scan the symbol hash table, bucket by bucket. */
|
---|
| 4884 |
|
---|
| 4885 | for (i = 0; i < TABSIZE; i++)
|
---|
| 4886 | for (sp = symtab[i]; sp; sp = sp->link)
|
---|
| 4887 | {
|
---|
| 4888 | struct nlist nl;
|
---|
| 4889 |
|
---|
| 4890 | #ifdef N_SECT
|
---|
| 4891 | nl.n_sect = 0;
|
---|
| 4892 | #else
|
---|
| 4893 | nl.n_other = 0;
|
---|
| 4894 | #endif
|
---|
| 4895 | nl.n_desc = 0;
|
---|
| 4896 |
|
---|
| 4897 | /* Compute a `struct nlist' for the symbol. */
|
---|
| 4898 |
|
---|
| 4899 | if (sp->defined || sp->referenced)
|
---|
| 4900 | {
|
---|
| 4901 | /* common condition needs to be before undefined condition */
|
---|
| 4902 | /* because unallocated commons are set undefined in */
|
---|
| 4903 | /* digest_symbols */
|
---|
[94] | 4904 | if (sp->defined > 1) /* defined with known type */
|
---|
[91] | 4905 | {
|
---|
| 4906 | /* If the target of an indirect symbol has been
|
---|
| 4907 | defined and we are outputting an executable,
|
---|
| 4908 | resolve the indirection; it's no longer needed */
|
---|
| 4909 | if (output_style != OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE
|
---|
| 4910 | && ((sp->defined & ~N_EXT) == N_INDR)
|
---|
| 4911 | && (((symbol *) sp->value)->defined > 1))
|
---|
| 4912 | {
|
---|
| 4913 | symbol *newsp = (symbol *) sp->value;
|
---|
| 4914 | nl.n_type = newsp->defined;
|
---|
| 4915 | nl.n_value = newsp->value;
|
---|
| 4916 | }
|
---|
| 4917 | else
|
---|
| 4918 | {
|
---|
| 4919 | nl.n_type = sp->defined;
|
---|
| 4920 | if (sp->defined != (N_INDR | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 4921 | nl.n_value = sp->value;
|
---|
| 4922 | else
|
---|
| 4923 | nl.n_value = 0;
|
---|
| 4924 | }
|
---|
| 4925 | }
|
---|
[94] | 4926 | else if (sp->max_common_size) /* defined as common but not allocated. */
|
---|
[91] | 4927 | {
|
---|
| 4928 | /* happens only with -r and not -d */
|
---|
| 4929 | /* write out a common definition */
|
---|
| 4930 | nl.n_type = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 4931 | nl.n_value = sp->max_common_size;
|
---|
| 4932 | }
|
---|
| 4933 | else if (!sp->defined && sp->weak)
|
---|
| 4934 | {
|
---|
| 4935 | nl.n_type = sp->weak;
|
---|
| 4936 | nl.n_value = 0;
|
---|
| 4937 | }
|
---|
| 4938 | else if (!sp->defined) /* undefined -- legit only if -r */
|
---|
| 4939 | {
|
---|
| 4940 | nl.n_type = N_UNDF | N_EXT;
|
---|
| 4941 | nl.n_value = 0;
|
---|
| 4942 | }
|
---|
| 4943 | else
|
---|
| 4944 | fatal ("internal error: %s defined in mysterious way", sp->name);
|
---|
| 4945 |
|
---|
| 4946 | /* Allocate string table space for the symbol name. */
|
---|
| 4947 |
|
---|
| 4948 | nl.n_un.n_strx = assign_string_table_index (sp->name);
|
---|
| 4949 |
|
---|
| 4950 | /* Output to the buffer and count it. */
|
---|
| 4951 |
|
---|
| 4952 | *bufp++ = nl;
|
---|
| 4953 | syms_written++;
|
---|
| 4954 | if (nl.n_type == (N_INDR | N_EXT))
|
---|
| 4955 | {
|
---|
| 4956 | struct nlist xtra_ref;
|
---|
| 4957 | xtra_ref.n_type = N_EXT | N_UNDF;
|
---|
| 4958 | xtra_ref.n_un.n_strx
|
---|
| 4959 | = assign_string_table_index (((symbol *) sp->value)->name);
|
---|
[2275] | 4960 | #ifdef N_SECT
|
---|
| 4961 | xtra_ref.n_sect = 0;
|
---|
| 4962 | #else
|
---|
[91] | 4963 | xtra_ref.n_other = 0;
|
---|
| 4964 | #endif
|
---|
| 4965 | xtra_ref.n_desc = 0;
|
---|
| 4966 | xtra_ref.n_value = 0;
|
---|
| 4967 | *bufp++ = xtra_ref;
|
---|
| 4968 | syms_written++;
|
---|
| 4969 | }
|
---|
| 4970 | }
|
---|
| 4971 | }
|
---|
| 4972 |
|
---|
| 4973 | /* Output the buffer full of `struct nlist's. */
|
---|
| 4974 |
|
---|
| 4975 | lseek (outdesc, output_syms_offset + output_syms_size, 0);
|
---|
| 4976 | mywrite (buf, sizeof (struct nlist), bufp - buf, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4977 | output_syms_size += sizeof (struct nlist) * (bufp - buf);
|
---|
| 4978 |
|
---|
| 4979 | if (syms_written != nsyms)
|
---|
| 4980 | fatal ("internal error: wrong number of symbols written into output file", 0);
|
---|
| 4981 |
|
---|
[2275] | 4982 | /* Now the total string table size is known, so write it into the
|
---|
[91] | 4983 | first word of the string table. */
|
---|
| 4984 |
|
---|
| 4985 | lseek (outdesc, output_strs_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 4986 | mywrite (&strtab_size, sizeof (int), 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 4987 |
|
---|
| 4988 | /* Write the strings for the global symbols. */
|
---|
| 4989 |
|
---|
| 4990 | write_string_table ();
|
---|
[2275] | 4991 | FREEA (strtab_vector);
|
---|
| 4992 | FREEA (strtab_lens);
|
---|
[91] | 4993 | FREEA (buf);
|
---|
| 4994 | }
|
---|
| 4995 | |
---|
| 4996 |
|
---|
| 4997 | /* Write the local and debugger symbols of file ENTRY.
|
---|
| 4998 | Increment *SYMS_WRITTEN_ADDR for each symbol that is written. */
|
---|
| 4999 |
|
---|
| 5000 | /* Note that we do not combine identical names of local symbols.
|
---|
| 5001 | dbx or gdb would be confused if we did that. */
|
---|
| 5002 |
|
---|
| 5003 | void
|
---|
| 5004 | write_file_syms (entry, syms_written_addr)
|
---|
| 5005 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 5006 | int *syms_written_addr;
|
---|
| 5007 | {
|
---|
| 5008 | register struct nlist *p = entry->symbols;
|
---|
| 5009 | register struct nlist *end = p + entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 5010 |
|
---|
[2673] | 5011 | /* Buffer to accumulate all the syms before writing them.
|
---|
[91] | 5012 | It has one extra slot for the local symbol we generate here. */
|
---|
| 5013 | struct nlist *buf
|
---|
| 5014 | = (struct nlist *) ALLOCA (entry->syms_size + sizeof (struct nlist));
|
---|
| 5015 | register struct nlist *bufp = buf;
|
---|
| 5016 |
|
---|
| 5017 | /* Upper bound on number of syms to be written here. */
|
---|
| 5018 | int max_syms = (entry->syms_size / sizeof (struct nlist)) + 1;
|
---|
| 5019 |
|
---|
| 5020 | /* Make tables that record, for each symbol, its name and its name's length.
|
---|
| 5021 | The elements are filled in by `assign_string_table_index'. */
|
---|
| 5022 |
|
---|
| 5023 | strtab_vector = (char **) ALLOCA (max_syms * sizeof (char *));
|
---|
| 5024 | strtab_lens = (int *) ALLOCA (max_syms * sizeof (int));
|
---|
| 5025 | strtab_index = 0;
|
---|
| 5026 |
|
---|
| 5027 | /* Generate a local symbol for the start of this file's text. */
|
---|
| 5028 |
|
---|
| 5029 | if (discard_locals != DISCARD_ALL)
|
---|
| 5030 | {
|
---|
[2275] | 5031 | struct nlist nl;
|
---|
[91] | 5032 |
|
---|
| 5033 | nl.n_type = N_TEXT;
|
---|
| 5034 | #ifdef EMX /* fix GCC/ld/GDB problem */
|
---|
| 5035 | {
|
---|
| 5036 | char *tmp;
|
---|
| 5037 | int len;
|
---|
| 5038 |
|
---|
| 5039 | tmp = entry->local_sym_name;
|
---|
| 5040 | len = strlen (tmp);
|
---|
| 5041 | if (strncmp (tmp, "-l", 2) != 0
|
---|
| 5042 | && (len < 2 || strcmp (tmp+len-2, ".o") != 0))
|
---|
| 5043 | tmp = concat (tmp, ".o", NULL); /* Needed by GDB */
|
---|
| 5044 | nl.n_un.n_strx = assign_string_table_index (tmp);
|
---|
| 5045 | }
|
---|
[94] | 5046 | #else /* !EMX */
|
---|
| 5047 | nl.n_un.n_strx = assign_string_table_index (entry->local_sym_name);
|
---|
[91] | 5048 | #endif /* !EMX */
|
---|
| 5049 | nl.n_value = entry->text_start_address;
|
---|
| 5050 | nl.n_desc = 0;
|
---|
| 5051 | #ifdef N_SECT
|
---|
| 5052 | nl.n_sect = 0;
|
---|
| 5053 | #else
|
---|
| 5054 | nl.n_other = 0;
|
---|
| 5055 | #endif
|
---|
| 5056 | *bufp++ = nl;
|
---|
| 5057 | (*syms_written_addr)++;
|
---|
| 5058 | entry->local_syms_offset = *syms_written_addr * sizeof (struct nlist);
|
---|
| 5059 | }
|
---|
| 5060 |
|
---|
| 5061 | /* Read the file's string table. */
|
---|
| 5062 |
|
---|
| 5063 | entry->strings = (char *) ALLOCA (entry->strs_size);
|
---|
| 5064 | read_entry_strings (file_open (entry), entry);
|
---|
| 5065 |
|
---|
| 5066 | for (; p < end; p++)
|
---|
| 5067 | {
|
---|
| 5068 | register int type = p->n_type;
|
---|
| 5069 | register int write = 0;
|
---|
| 5070 |
|
---|
| 5071 | /* WRITE gets 1 for a non-global symbol that should be written. */
|
---|
| 5072 |
|
---|
| 5073 | if (SET_ELEMENT_P (type)) /* This occurs even if global. These */
|
---|
| 5074 | /* types of symbols are never written */
|
---|
| 5075 | /* globally, though they are stored */
|
---|
| 5076 | /* globally. */
|
---|
| 5077 | write = output_style == OUTPUT_RELOCATABLE;
|
---|
| 5078 | else if (WEAK_SYMBOL (type))
|
---|
| 5079 | ;
|
---|
| 5080 | else if (!(type & (N_STAB | N_EXT)))
|
---|
| 5081 | /* ordinary local symbol */
|
---|
| 5082 | write = ((discard_locals != DISCARD_ALL)
|
---|
| 5083 | && !(discard_locals == DISCARD_L &&
|
---|
[2275] | 5084 | (p->n_un.n_strx + entry->strings)[0] == LPREFIX)
|
---|
| 5085 | && type != N_WARNING);
|
---|
| 5086 | else if (!(type & N_EXT))
|
---|
| 5087 | /* debugger symbol */
|
---|
[91] | 5088 | write = (strip_symbols == STRIP_NONE);
|
---|
| 5089 |
|
---|
| 5090 | if (write)
|
---|
| 5091 | {
|
---|
| 5092 | /* If this symbol has a name,
|
---|
| 5093 | allocate space for it in the output string table. */
|
---|
[942] | 5094 |
|
---|
[91] | 5095 | if (p->n_un.n_strx)
|
---|
| 5096 | p->n_un.n_strx = assign_string_table_index (p->n_un.n_strx
|
---|
| 5097 | + entry->strings);
|
---|
| 5098 |
|
---|
| 5099 | /* Output this symbol to the buffer and count it. */
|
---|
| 5100 |
|
---|
| 5101 | *bufp++ = *p;
|
---|
| 5102 | (*syms_written_addr)++;
|
---|
| 5103 | }
|
---|
| 5104 | }
|
---|
| 5105 |
|
---|
| 5106 | /* All the symbols are now in BUF; write them. */
|
---|
| 5107 |
|
---|
| 5108 | lseek (outdesc, output_syms_offset + output_syms_size, 0);
|
---|
| 5109 | mywrite (buf, sizeof (struct nlist), bufp - buf, outdesc);
|
---|
| 5110 | output_syms_size += sizeof (struct nlist) * (bufp - buf);
|
---|
| 5111 |
|
---|
| 5112 | /* Write the string-table data for the symbols just written,
|
---|
| 5113 | using the data in vectors `strtab_vector' and `strtab_lens'. */
|
---|
| 5114 |
|
---|
| 5115 | write_string_table ();
|
---|
| 5116 | FREEA (entry->strings);
|
---|
| 5117 | FREEA (strtab_vector);
|
---|
| 5118 | FREEA (strtab_lens);
|
---|
| 5119 | FREEA (buf);
|
---|
| 5120 | }
|
---|
| 5121 | |
---|
| 5122 |
|
---|
| 5123 | /* Copy any GDB symbol segments from the input files to the output file.
|
---|
| 5124 | The contents of the symbol segment is copied without change
|
---|
| 5125 | except that we store some information into the beginning of it. */
|
---|
| 5126 |
|
---|
| 5127 | void write_file_symseg (struct file_entry *entry);
|
---|
| 5128 |
|
---|
| 5129 | void
|
---|
| 5130 | write_symsegs ()
|
---|
| 5131 | {
|
---|
| 5132 | lseek (outdesc, output_symseg_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 5133 | each_file (write_file_symseg, 0);
|
---|
| 5134 | }
|
---|
| 5135 |
|
---|
| 5136 | void
|
---|
| 5137 | write_file_symseg (entry)
|
---|
| 5138 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 5139 | {
|
---|
| 5140 | char buffer[4096];
|
---|
| 5141 | struct symbol_root root;
|
---|
| 5142 | int indesc, len, total;
|
---|
| 5143 |
|
---|
| 5144 | if (entry->symseg_size == 0)
|
---|
| 5145 | return;
|
---|
| 5146 |
|
---|
| 5147 | output_symseg_size += entry->symseg_size;
|
---|
| 5148 |
|
---|
| 5149 | /* This entry has a symbol segment. Read the root of the segment. */
|
---|
| 5150 |
|
---|
| 5151 | indesc = file_open (entry);
|
---|
| 5152 | lseek (indesc, entry->symseg_offset + entry->starting_offset, 0);
|
---|
| 5153 | if (sizeof root != read (indesc, &root, sizeof root))
|
---|
| 5154 | fatal_with_file ("premature end of file in symbol segment of ", entry);
|
---|
| 5155 |
|
---|
| 5156 | /* Store some relocation info into the root. */
|
---|
| 5157 |
|
---|
| 5158 | root.ldsymoff = entry->local_syms_offset;
|
---|
| 5159 | root.textrel = entry->text_start_address - entry->orig_text_address;
|
---|
| 5160 | root.datarel = entry->data_start_address - entry->orig_data_address;
|
---|
| 5161 | root.bssrel = entry->bss_start_address - entry->orig_bss_address;
|
---|
| 5162 | root.databeg = entry->data_start_address - root.datarel;
|
---|
| 5163 | root.bssbeg = entry->bss_start_address - root.bssrel;
|
---|
| 5164 |
|
---|
| 5165 | /* Write the modified root into the output file. */
|
---|
| 5166 |
|
---|
| 5167 | mywrite (&root, sizeof root, 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 5168 |
|
---|
| 5169 | /* Copy the rest of the symbol segment unchanged. */
|
---|
| 5170 |
|
---|
| 5171 | total = entry->symseg_size - sizeof root;
|
---|
| 5172 |
|
---|
| 5173 | while (total > 0)
|
---|
| 5174 | {
|
---|
| 5175 | len = read (indesc, buffer, min (sizeof buffer, total));
|
---|
| 5176 |
|
---|
| 5177 | if (len != min (sizeof buffer, total))
|
---|
| 5178 | fatal_with_file ("premature end of file in symbol segment of ", entry);
|
---|
| 5179 | total -= len;
|
---|
| 5180 | mywrite (buffer, len, 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 5181 | }
|
---|
| 5182 |
|
---|
| 5183 | file_close ();
|
---|
| 5184 | }
|
---|
| 5185 | |
---|
| 5186 |
|
---|
| 5187 | /* Define a special symbol (etext, edata, or end). NAME is the
|
---|
| 5188 | name of the symbol, with a leading underscore (whether or not this
|
---|
| 5189 | system uses such underscores). TYPE is its type (e.g. N_DATA | N_EXT).
|
---|
| 5190 | Store a symbol * for the symbol in *SYM if SYM is non-NULL. */
|
---|
| 5191 | static void
|
---|
| 5192 | symbol_define (name, type, sym)
|
---|
| 5193 | /* const */ char *name;
|
---|
| 5194 | int type;
|
---|
| 5195 | symbol **sym;
|
---|
| 5196 | {
|
---|
| 5197 | symbol *thesym;
|
---|
| 5198 |
|
---|
| 5199 | #if defined(nounderscore)
|
---|
| 5200 | /* Skip the leading underscore. */
|
---|
| 5201 | name++;
|
---|
| 5202 | #endif
|
---|
| 5203 |
|
---|
| 5204 | thesym = getsym (name);
|
---|
| 5205 | if (thesym->defined)
|
---|
| 5206 | {
|
---|
| 5207 | /* The symbol is defined in some input file. Don't mess with it. */
|
---|
| 5208 | if (sym)
|
---|
| 5209 | *sym = 0;
|
---|
| 5210 | }
|
---|
| 5211 | else
|
---|
| 5212 | {
|
---|
| 5213 | if (thesym->referenced)
|
---|
| 5214 | /* The symbol was not defined, and we are defining it now. */
|
---|
| 5215 | undefined_global_sym_count--;
|
---|
| 5216 | thesym->defined = type;
|
---|
| 5217 | thesym->referenced = 1;
|
---|
| 5218 | if (sym)
|
---|
| 5219 | *sym = thesym;
|
---|
| 5220 | }
|
---|
| 5221 | }
|
---|
| 5222 |
|
---|
| 5223 | /* Create the symbol table entries for `etext', `edata' and `end'. */
|
---|
| 5224 |
|
---|
| 5225 | void
|
---|
| 5226 | symtab_init ()
|
---|
| 5227 | {
|
---|
| 5228 | symbol_define ("_edata", N_DATA | N_EXT, &edata_symbol);
|
---|
| 5229 | symbol_define ("_etext", N_TEXT | N_EXT, &etext_symbol);
|
---|
| 5230 | symbol_define ("_end", N_BSS | N_EXT, &end_symbol);
|
---|
| 5231 |
|
---|
| 5232 | /* Either _edata or __edata (C names) is OK as far as ANSI is concerned
|
---|
| 5233 | (see section 4.1.2.1). In general, it is best to use __foo and
|
---|
| 5234 | not worry about the confusing rules for the _foo namespace.
|
---|
| 5235 | But HPUX 7.0 uses _edata, so we might as weel be consistent. */
|
---|
| 5236 | symbol_define ("__edata", N_DATA | N_EXT, &edata_symbol_alt);
|
---|
| 5237 | symbol_define ("__etext", N_TEXT | N_EXT, &etext_symbol_alt);
|
---|
| 5238 | symbol_define ("__end", N_BSS | N_EXT, &end_symbol_alt);
|
---|
| 5239 | }
|
---|
| 5240 |
|
---|
| 5241 | /* Compute the hash code for symbol name KEY. */
|
---|
| 5242 |
|
---|
| 5243 | int
|
---|
| 5244 | hash_string (key)
|
---|
| 5245 | char *key;
|
---|
| 5246 | {
|
---|
| 5247 | register char *cp;
|
---|
| 5248 | register int k;
|
---|
| 5249 |
|
---|
| 5250 | cp = key;
|
---|
| 5251 | k = 0;
|
---|
| 5252 | while (*cp)
|
---|
| 5253 | k = (((k << 1) + (k >> 14)) ^ (*cp++)) & 0x3fff;
|
---|
| 5254 |
|
---|
| 5255 | return k;
|
---|
| 5256 | }
|
---|
| 5257 | |
---|
| 5258 |
|
---|
| 5259 | /* Get the symbol table entry for the global symbol named KEY.
|
---|
| 5260 | Create one if there is none. */
|
---|
| 5261 |
|
---|
| 5262 | symbol *
|
---|
| 5263 | getsym (key)
|
---|
| 5264 | char *key;
|
---|
| 5265 | {
|
---|
| 5266 | register int hashval;
|
---|
| 5267 | register symbol *bp;
|
---|
| 5268 |
|
---|
| 5269 | /* Determine the proper bucket. */
|
---|
| 5270 |
|
---|
| 5271 | hashval = hash_string (key) % TABSIZE;
|
---|
| 5272 |
|
---|
| 5273 | /* Search the bucket. */
|
---|
| 5274 |
|
---|
| 5275 | for (bp = symtab[hashval]; bp; bp = bp->link)
|
---|
| 5276 | if (! strcmp (key, bp->name))
|
---|
| 5277 | return bp;
|
---|
| 5278 |
|
---|
| 5279 | /* Nothing was found; create a new symbol table entry. */
|
---|
| 5280 |
|
---|
| 5281 | bp = (symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof (symbol));
|
---|
| 5282 | bp->refs = 0;
|
---|
| 5283 | bp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (key) + 1);
|
---|
| 5284 | strcpy (bp->name, key);
|
---|
| 5285 | bp->defined = 0;
|
---|
| 5286 | bp->referenced = 0;
|
---|
| 5287 | bp->trace = 0;
|
---|
| 5288 | bp->value = 0;
|
---|
| 5289 | bp->max_common_size = 0;
|
---|
| 5290 | bp->warning = 0;
|
---|
| 5291 | bp->undef_refs = 0;
|
---|
| 5292 | bp->multiply_defined = 0;
|
---|
| 5293 | bp->weak = 0;
|
---|
| 5294 |
|
---|
| 5295 | /* Add the entry to the bucket. */
|
---|
| 5296 |
|
---|
| 5297 | bp->link = symtab[hashval];
|
---|
| 5298 | symtab[hashval] = bp;
|
---|
| 5299 |
|
---|
| 5300 | ++num_hash_tab_syms;
|
---|
| 5301 |
|
---|
| 5302 | return bp;
|
---|
| 5303 | }
|
---|
| 5304 |
|
---|
| 5305 | /* Like `getsym' but return 0 if the symbol is not already known. */
|
---|
| 5306 |
|
---|
| 5307 | symbol *
|
---|
| 5308 | getsym_soft (key)
|
---|
[1115] | 5309 | char *key;
|
---|
| 5310 | {
|
---|
[91] | 5311 | register int hashval;
|
---|
| 5312 | register symbol *bp;
|
---|
| 5313 |
|
---|
| 5314 | /* Determine which bucket. */
|
---|
| 5315 |
|
---|
| 5316 | hashval = hash_string (key) % TABSIZE;
|
---|
[942] | 5317 |
|
---|
[91] | 5318 | /* Search the bucket. */
|
---|
[942] | 5319 |
|
---|
[91] | 5320 | for (bp = symtab[hashval]; bp; bp = bp->link)
|
---|
[942] | 5321 | if (! strcmp (key, bp->name))
|
---|
| 5322 | return bp;
|
---|
| 5323 |
|
---|
[91] | 5324 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5325 | }
|
---|
| 5326 | |
---|
| 5327 |
|
---|
| 5328 | /* Report a usage error.
|
---|
| 5329 | Like fatal except prints a usage summary. */
|
---|
| 5330 |
|
---|
| 5331 | void
|
---|
| 5332 | usage (string, arg)
|
---|
| 5333 | char *string, *arg;
|
---|
| 5334 | {
|
---|
| 5335 | if (string)
|
---|
| 5336 | {
|
---|
| 5337 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
|
---|
| 5338 | fprintf (stderr, string, arg);
|
---|
| 5339 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 5340 | }
|
---|
| 5341 | fprintf (stderr, "\
|
---|
| 5342 | Usage: %s [-d] [-dc] [-dp] [-e symbol] [-l lib] [-n] [-noinhibit-exec]\n\
|
---|
| 5343 | [-nostdlib] [-o file] [-r] [-s] [-t] [-u symbol] [-x] [-y symbol]\n\
|
---|
| 5344 | [-z] [-A file] [-Bstatic] [-D size] [-L libdir] [-M] [-N]\n\
|
---|
| 5345 | [-S] [-T[{text,data}] addr] [-V prefix] [-X] [-Zdll-search]\n\
|
---|
| 5346 | [file...]\n", progname);
|
---|
| 5347 | exit (1);
|
---|
| 5348 | }
|
---|
| 5349 |
|
---|
| 5350 | /* Report a fatal error.
|
---|
| 5351 | STRING is a printf format string and ARG is one arg for it. */
|
---|
| 5352 |
|
---|
[2673] | 5353 | void fatal (char *string, ...)
|
---|
[91] | 5354 | {
|
---|
| 5355 | va_list args;
|
---|
| 5356 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
|
---|
| 5357 | va_start (args, string);
|
---|
| 5358 | vfprintf (stderr, string, args);
|
---|
| 5359 | va_end (args);
|
---|
| 5360 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 5361 | exit (1);
|
---|
| 5362 | }
|
---|
| 5363 |
|
---|
| 5364 | /* Report a fatal error. The error message is STRING
|
---|
| 5365 | followed by the filename of ENTRY. */
|
---|
| 5366 |
|
---|
| 5367 | void
|
---|
| 5368 | fatal_with_file (string, entry)
|
---|
[2673] | 5369 | char *string;
|
---|
[91] | 5370 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 5371 | {
|
---|
| 5372 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
|
---|
| 5373 | fprintf (stderr, string);
|
---|
| 5374 | print_file_name (entry, stderr);
|
---|
| 5375 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 5376 | exit (1);
|
---|
| 5377 | }
|
---|
| 5378 |
|
---|
| 5379 | /* Report a fatal error using the message for the last failed system call,
|
---|
| 5380 | followed by the string NAME. */
|
---|
| 5381 |
|
---|
| 5382 | void
|
---|
| 5383 | perror_name (name)
|
---|
| 5384 | char *name;
|
---|
| 5385 | {
|
---|
| 5386 | char *s;
|
---|
| 5387 |
|
---|
| 5388 | if (errno < sys_nerr)
|
---|
| 5389 | s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for %s", NULL);
|
---|
| 5390 | else
|
---|
| 5391 | s = "cannot open %s";
|
---|
| 5392 | fatal (s, name);
|
---|
[942] | 5393 | }
|
---|
[91] | 5394 |
|
---|
| 5395 | /* Report a fatal error using the message for the last failed system call,
|
---|
| 5396 | followed by the name of file ENTRY. */
|
---|
| 5397 |
|
---|
| 5398 | void
|
---|
| 5399 | perror_file (entry)
|
---|
| 5400 | struct file_entry *entry;
|
---|
| 5401 | {
|
---|
| 5402 | char *s;
|
---|
| 5403 |
|
---|
| 5404 | if (errno < sys_nerr)
|
---|
| 5405 | s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for ", NULL);
|
---|
[942] | 5406 | else
|
---|
[91] | 5407 | s = "cannot open ";
|
---|
| 5408 | fatal_with_file (s, entry);
|
---|
| 5409 | }
|
---|
| 5410 |
|
---|
| 5411 | /* Report a nonfatal error.
|
---|
| 5412 | STRING is a format for printf, and ARG1 ... ARG3 are args for it. */
|
---|
| 5413 |
|
---|
| 5414 | void
|
---|
| 5415 | error (string, arg1, arg2, arg3)
|
---|
| 5416 | char *string, *arg1, *arg2, *arg3;
|
---|
| 5417 | {
|
---|
| 5418 | fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname);
|
---|
| 5419 | fprintf (stderr, string, arg1, arg2, arg3);
|
---|
| 5420 | fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
---|
| 5421 | }
|
---|
| 5422 |
|
---|
[2275] | 5423 | |
---|
[91] | 5424 |
|
---|
| 5425 | /* Output COUNT*ELTSIZE bytes of data at BUF
|
---|
[2275] | 5426 | to the descriptor DESC. */
|
---|
[91] | 5427 |
|
---|
| 5428 | void
|
---|
| 5429 | mywrite (buf, count, eltsize, desc)
|
---|
| 5430 | void *buf;
|
---|
| 5431 | int count;
|
---|
| 5432 | int eltsize;
|
---|
| 5433 | int desc;
|
---|
| 5434 | {
|
---|
[942] | 5435 | register int val;
|
---|
[91] | 5436 | register int bytes = count * eltsize;
|
---|
| 5437 |
|
---|
| 5438 | while (bytes > 0)
|
---|
| 5439 | {
|
---|
| 5440 | val = write (desc, buf, bytes);
|
---|
| 5441 | if (val <= 0)
|
---|
| 5442 | perror_name (output_filename);
|
---|
| 5443 | buf = (char*)buf + val;
|
---|
| 5444 | bytes -= val;
|
---|
[2673] | 5445 | }
|
---|
[91] | 5446 | }
|
---|
[2673] | 5447 |
|
---|
[91] | 5448 | /* Output PADDING zero-bytes to descriptor OUTDESC.
|
---|
| 5449 | PADDING may be negative; in that case, do nothing. */
|
---|
| 5450 |
|
---|
| 5451 | void
|
---|
| 5452 | padfile (padding, outdesc)
|
---|
| 5453 | int padding;
|
---|
| 5454 | int outdesc;
|
---|
| 5455 | {
|
---|
| 5456 | register char *buf;
|
---|
[942] | 5457 | if (padding <= 0)
|
---|
[91] | 5458 | return;
|
---|
[942] | 5459 |
|
---|
[2673] | 5460 | buf = (char *) ALLOCA (padding);
|
---|
[91] | 5461 | bzero (buf, padding);
|
---|
| 5462 | mywrite (buf, padding, 1, outdesc);
|
---|
| 5463 | FREEA (buf);
|
---|
| 5464 | }
|
---|
| 5465 |
|
---|
| 5466 | /* Parse the string ARG using scanf format FORMAT, and return the result.
|
---|
| 5467 | If it does not parse, report fatal error
|
---|
| 5468 | generating the error message using format string ERROR and ARG as arg. */
|
---|
| 5469 |
|
---|
| 5470 | int
|
---|
| 5471 | parse (arg, format, error)
|
---|
| 5472 | char *arg, *format, *error;
|
---|
| 5473 | {
|
---|
[918] | 5474 | int x;
|
---|
| 5475 | if (1 != sscanf (arg, format, &x))
|
---|
| 5476 | fatal (error, arg);
|
---|
| 5477 | return x;
|
---|
| 5478 | }
|
---|
| 5479 |
|
---|
| 5480 | /* Like malloc but get fatal error if memory is exhausted. */
|
---|
| 5481 |
|
---|
| 5482 | void *
|
---|
| 5483 | xmalloc (size)
|
---|
| 5484 | size_t size;
|
---|
| 5485 | {
|
---|
| 5486 | register char *result = malloc (size);
|
---|
| 5487 | if (!result)
|
---|
| 5488 | fatal ("virtual memory exhausted", 0);
|
---|
| 5489 | return result;
|
---|
| 5490 | }
|
---|
| 5491 |
|
---|
| 5492 | /* Like realloc but get fatal error if memory is exhausted. */
|
---|
| 5493 |
|
---|
| 5494 | void *
|
---|
| 5495 | xrealloc (ptr, size)
|
---|
| 5496 | void *ptr;
|
---|
| 5497 | size_t size;
|
---|
| 5498 | {
|
---|
| 5499 | register char *result = realloc (ptr, size);
|
---|
| 5500 | if (!result)
|
---|
| 5501 | fatal ("virtual memory exhausted", 0);
|
---|
| 5502 | return result;
|
---|
| 5503 | }
|
---|
| 5504 | |
---|
| 5505 |
|
---|
| 5506 | char *my_cplus_demangle (const char *mangled)
|
---|
| 5507 | {
|
---|
| 5508 | if (*mangled == '_')
|
---|
| 5509 | ++mangled;
|
---|
| 5510 | return cplus_demangle (mangled, demangle_options);
|
---|
| 5511 | }
|
---|
| 5512 |
|
---|
| 5513 | |
---|
| 5514 |
|
---|
| 5515 | /**
|
---|
| 5516 | * Generates an unique temporary file.
|
---|
| 5517 | *
|
---|
| 5518 | * @returns 0 on success.
|
---|
| 5519 | * @returns -1 on failure.
|
---|
| 5520 | * @param pszFile Where to put the filename.
|
---|
| 5521 | * @param pszPrefix Prefix.
|
---|
| 5522 | * @param pszSuffix Suffix.
|
---|
| 5523 | * @remark The code is nicked from the weak linker.
|
---|
| 5524 | * @remark sorry about the convention here, this is borrowed from elsewhere.
|
---|
| 5525 | */
|
---|
| 5526 | static int make_tempfile(char *pszFile, const char *pszPrefix, const char *pszSuffix)
|
---|
| 5527 | {
|
---|
| 5528 | struct stat s;
|
---|
| 5529 | unsigned c = 0;
|
---|
| 5530 | pid_t pid = getpid();
|
---|
| 5531 | const char * pszTmp = getenv("TMP");
|
---|
| 5532 | if (!pszTmp) pszTmp = getenv("TMPDIR");
|
---|
| 5533 | if (!pszTmp) pszTmp = getenv("TEMP");
|
---|
| 5534 | if (!pszTmp) pszTmp = ".";
|
---|
| 5535 |
|
---|
| 5536 | do
|
---|
| 5537 | {
|
---|
| 5538 | struct timeval tv = {0,0};
|
---|
| 5539 | if (c++ >= 200)
|
---|
| 5540 | return -1;
|
---|
| 5541 | gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
|
---|
| 5542 | sprintf(pszFile, "%s\\%s%x%lx%d%lx%s", pszTmp, pszPrefix, pid, tv.tv_sec, c, tv.tv_usec, pszSuffix);
|
---|
| 5543 | } while (!stat(pszFile, &s));
|
---|
| 5544 |
|
---|
| 5545 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5546 | }
|
---|
| 5547 |
|
---|
| 5548 | /* list of converted libraries and objects which must be removed upon exit. */
|
---|
| 5549 | struct lx_tmp
|
---|
| 5550 | {
|
---|
| 5551 | struct lx_tmp *next;
|
---|
| 5552 | char *name;
|
---|
| 5553 | } *conv_list = NULL;
|
---|
| 5554 |
|
---|
| 5555 | /** Converts a .DLL to an temporary import library.
|
---|
| 5556 | * @remark sorry about the convention here, this is borrowed from elsewhere.
|
---|
| 5557 | */
|
---|
[942] | 5558 | char *lx_to_aout (const char *pszFilename)
|
---|
| 5559 | {
|
---|
| 5560 | int rc;
|
---|
| 5561 | char * pszNewFile;
|
---|
| 5562 | struct lx_tmp *pName;
|
---|
| 5563 |
|
---|
| 5564 | /*
|
---|
| 5565 | * Make temporary file.
|
---|
| 5566 | */
|
---|
| 5567 | pName = (struct lx_tmp *)xmalloc(sizeof(*pName));
|
---|
| 5568 | pName->name = pszNewFile = xmalloc(_MAX_PATH);
|
---|
| 5569 | if (make_tempfile(pszNewFile, "ldconv", ".a"))
|
---|
| 5570 | {
|
---|
| 5571 | free(pszNewFile);
|
---|
| 5572 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 5573 | }
|
---|
| 5574 |
|
---|
| 5575 | /*
|
---|
| 5576 | * Do the conversion.
|
---|
| 5577 | */
|
---|
| 5578 | rc = spawnlp(P_WAIT, "emximp.exe", "emximp.exe",
|
---|
| 5579 | "-o", pszNewFile, pszFilename, NULL);
|
---|
| 5580 | if (!rc)
|
---|
| 5581 | {
|
---|
| 5582 | /* add to auto delete list for removal on exit(). */
|
---|
| 5583 | pName->next = conv_list;
|
---|
| 5584 | conv_list = pName;
|
---|
| 5585 | return pName->name;
|
---|
| 5586 |
|
---|
| 5587 | }
|
---|
| 5588 | free(pszNewFile);
|
---|
| 5589 | free(pName);
|
---|
| 5590 |
|
---|
| 5591 | fprintf (stderr, "emxomfld: a.out to omf conversion failed for '%s'.\n",
|
---|
| 5592 | pszFilename);
|
---|
| 5593 | exit (2);
|
---|
| 5594 | return NULL;
|
---|
| 5595 | }
|
---|
| 5596 |
|
---|
| 5597 |
|
---|
| 5598 | /**
|
---|
| 5599 | * Checks if the file FD is an LX DLL.
|
---|
| 5600 | *
|
---|
| 5601 | * @returns 1 if LX DLL.
|
---|
| 5602 | * @returns 0 if not LX DLL.
|
---|
| 5603 | * @param fd Handle to file to check.
|
---|
| 5604 | */
|
---|
| 5605 | int check_lx_dll(int fd)
|
---|
| 5606 | {
|
---|
| 5607 | unsigned long ul;
|
---|
[2097] | 5608 | char achMagic[2];
|
---|
[942] | 5609 |
|
---|
[2097] | 5610 | if ( lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET)
|
---|
| 5611 | || read(fd, &achMagic, 2) != 2)
|
---|
| 5612 | goto thats_not_it;
|
---|
| 5613 |
|
---|
| 5614 | if (!memcmp(achMagic, "MZ", 2))
|
---|
| 5615 | {
|
---|
| 5616 | if ( lseek(fd, 0x3c, SEEK_SET)
|
---|
| 5617 | || read(fd, &ul, 4) != 4 /* offset of the 'new' header */
|
---|
| 5618 | || ul < 0x40
|
---|
[2673] | 5619 | || ul >= 0x10000000 /* 512MB stubs sure */
|
---|
[2097] | 5620 | || lseek(fd, ul, SEEK_SET)
|
---|
| 5621 | || read(fd, &achMagic, 2) != 2)
|
---|
| 5622 | goto thats_not_it;
|
---|
| 5623 | }
|
---|
| 5624 |
|
---|
| 5625 | if ( memcmp(achMagic, "LX", 2)
|
---|
| 5626 | || lseek(fd, 14, SEEK_CUR)
|
---|
| 5627 | || read(fd, &ul, 4) != 4) /*e32_mflags*/
|
---|
| 5628 | goto thats_not_it;
|
---|
| 5629 |
|
---|
| 5630 | #define E32MODDLL 0x08000L
|
---|
| 5631 | #define E32MODPROTDLL 0x18000L
|
---|
| 5632 | #define E32MODMASK 0x38000L
|
---|
| 5633 | if ( (ul & E32MODMASK) != E32MODDLL
|
---|
| 5634 | && (ul & E32MODMASK) != E32MODPROTDLL)
|
---|
| 5635 | goto thats_not_it;
|
---|
| 5636 |
|
---|
| 5637 | /* it's a LX DLL! */
|
---|
| 5638 | lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
|
---|
| 5639 | return 1;
|
---|
| 5640 |
|
---|
| 5641 |
|
---|
| 5642 | thats_not_it:
|
---|
| 5643 | lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
|
---|
| 5644 | return 0;
|
---|
| 5645 | }
|
---|
| 5646 |
|
---|
| 5647 | /* Generates a definition file for a dll which doesn't have one. */
|
---|
| 5648 |
|
---|
| 5649 | static void gen_deffile(void)
|
---|
| 5650 | {
|
---|
| 5651 | char * psz;
|
---|
| 5652 | struct lx_tmp *pName;
|
---|
| 5653 |
|
---|
| 5654 | /*
|
---|
| 5655 | * Make temporary file.
|
---|
| 5656 | */
|
---|
| 5657 | pName = (struct lx_tmp *)xmalloc(sizeof(*pName));
|
---|
| 5658 | pName->name = psz = (char *)xmalloc(_MAX_PATH);
|
---|
[918] | 5659 | if (!make_tempfile(psz, "lddef", ".def"))
|
---|
| 5660 | {
|
---|
| 5661 | FILE *pFile = fopen(psz, "w");
|
---|
| 5662 | if (pFile)
|
---|
| 5663 | {
|
---|
| 5664 | const char *pszName = _getname(exe_filename);
|
---|
| 5665 | size_t cchName = strlen(pszName);
|
---|
| 5666 | if (cchName > 4 && !stricmp(pszName + cchName - 4, ".dll"))
|
---|
| 5667 | cchName -= 4;
|
---|
| 5668 | fprintf(pFile,
|
---|
| 5669 | ";; Autogenerated by ld\n"
|
---|
| 5670 | "LIBRARY %.*s INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE\n"
|
---|
| 5671 | "DATA MULTIPLE\n"
|
---|
| 5672 | "CODE SHARED\n"
|
---|
| 5673 | "\n",
|
---|
| 5674 | cchName, pszName);
|
---|
| 5675 | if (trace_files)
|
---|
| 5676 | fprintf(stderr,
|
---|
| 5677 | "--- Generated def-file %s:\n"
|
---|
| 5678 | ";; Autogenerated by ld\n"
|
---|
| 5679 | "LIBRARY %.*s INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE\n"
|
---|
| 5680 | "DATA MULTIPLE NONSHARED\n"
|
---|
| 5681 | "CODE SINGLE SHARED\n"
|
---|
| 5682 | "---- End of generated def-file.\n",
|
---|
| 5683 | psz, cchName, pszName);
|
---|
| 5684 | fclose(pFile);
|
---|
| 5685 | def_filename = psz;
|
---|
| 5686 |
|
---|
| 5687 | /* add to auto delete list for removal on exit(). */
|
---|
| 5688 | pName->next = conv_list;
|
---|
| 5689 | conv_list = pName;
|
---|
| 5690 | return;
|
---|
| 5691 | }
|
---|
| 5692 | }
|
---|
| 5693 | free(psz);
|
---|
| 5694 | free(pName);
|
---|
| 5695 | }
|
---|
| 5696 |
|
---|
| 5697 |
|
---|
| 5698 | /* atexit worker */
|
---|
| 5699 | void cleanup (void)
|
---|
| 5700 | {
|
---|
| 5701 | for (; conv_list; conv_list = conv_list->next)
|
---|
| 5702 | unlink (conv_list->name);
|
---|
| 5703 | }
|
---|